Seating Specification Guide

Product
Info
de
Inclu
MAIN MENU
s pri
Seating
Specification Guide
ces:
8
. 15
• U.Sctive
Effe ary 12, 2
Janu
004
July 2004
What’s New?
What’s New information is now available
on the in2.steelcase.com Web site. Go to
What’s New, then Show News by Category,
then Incentives, Pricing, Promotions.
cSee the Specification Guide Library:
Reference Guide for information about where
to find products.
Availability
Electronic price list updated with
release 158.C (U.S.) and 135.C (Canada),
dated July 19, 2004.
cFor a list of all trademarks,
refer to the last page of this
specification guide.
For Canadian Pricing
Calculate in the following order
to avoid rounding errors:
• Multiply the base price and
each option by 1.38.
• Round each to the
nearest dollar.
• Add base and options
for total list price.
Statement of Line
Work Being Performed
Basics of Ergonomic Seating
Basics of Adjustability
Additional Resources
2
8
9
10
12
Product Information
Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
Criterion 453 Series
Think 465 Series
Drive 461 Series
Jersey Series
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Cachet 487 Series
Leap 462 Series High Density
13
61
71
89
115
125
139
159
169
179
193
Multi-Use Chairs
Ally 463 Series
Player 475 Series
Snodgrass 474 Series
Jersey Series
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Cachet 487 Series
221
227
245
252
252
252
252
252
Stackable Chairs
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
253
261
271
Surface Materials
281
Resources
295
Statement of Line
Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series
Full- or High-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 36
Full- or High-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Pillowed Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 38
Full- or High-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Bare-Back and
Standard Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 40
Full- or High-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Bare-Back and
Pillowed Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 42
Full-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Bare-Back and
Standard Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 48
Full-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Bare-Back and
Pillowed Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 50
Full- or High-Back
Arch Backframe
Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 56
High-Back
Full-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Arch Backframe
Work Chairs
Stools
Coach Leather on
Standard Upholstery
Back and Seat
on Back and Seat
cPage 34
cPage 58
Full-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Standard Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 44
Full-Back
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Pillowed Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 46
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
Ribbon Backframe
WorkLounge
cPage 66
2
Ottoman
cPage 67
Ribbon Backframe
WorkLounge with
Coach Leather
cPage 68
Seating Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Work Chairs, continued
Criterion 453 Series
High-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 78
Mid-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 80
High-Back
Stools
cPage 82
Mid-Back
Stools
cPage 84
Plus High-Back
Work Chair
cPage 86
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
cPages 96–113
Work Chairs
with Headrest
cPages 98–113
Drive 461 Series
Full-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 122
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Mid-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 122
Work Chairs
cPage 132
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 134
cStatement of Line, continued 3
Statement of Line, continued
Work Chairs, continued
Sensor 458 Series
Size II
Adjustable
High-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 146
Size II
Adjustable-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 148
Size II
High-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 150
Size II
Mid-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 152
Size II
Mid-Back
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 154
Size I
Mid-Back
High Stools
cPage 156
Rally 457 Series
High-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 164
Mid-Back
Work Chairs
cPage 164
Mid-Back
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 166
Mid-Back
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 166
Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
cPage 174
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 176
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 178
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chair
Without Arms
cPage 186
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chair
With Flip-Up Arms
cPage 186
Cachet 487 Series
Swivel-Base
Work Chair
cPage 184
*Cachet leg-base chair models also stack.
4
Seating Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Work Chairs, continued
Leap 462 Series High Density
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 200
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Bare-Back and
Standard Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 212
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Pillowed Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 202
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Bare-Back and
Pillowed Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 214
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Bare-Back and
Standard Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 204
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Work Chairs
Bare-Back and
Pillowed Upholstery
on Seat
cPage 206
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Standard Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 208
HD Back and Seat
Ribbon Backframe
Stools
Pillowed Upholstery
on Back and Seat
cPage 210
Tip: Leap High Density (HD)
chairs are scaled to allow
a seat width 1" narrower
than Leap 462 Series Work
Chairs while reducing overall
lateral width by 4". Plan with
Leap HD for environments
where space constraints are
an issue.
cSee page 198 for specific
dimensional comparisons.
Multi-Use Chairs
Ally 463 Series
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chair
With Arms
cPage 226
Seating Specification Guide
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chair
Without Arms
cPage 226
cStatement of Line, continued 5
Statement of Line, continued
Multi-Use Chairs, continued
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chairs
Without Arms
cPage 232
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chairs
With Arms
cPages 232–235
Leg-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
With Arms and
Casters
cPage 233
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
Without Arms
cPage 236
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
With Arms
cPages 236–239
Stool With Arms
cPage 240
Stool
Without Arms
cPage 240
*Player leg-base chair models also stack.
Snodgrass 474 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
With Open Back
With Arms
cPage 250
Multi-Use Chairs
With Open Back
Armless
cPage 250
Multi-Use Chairs
With Full Back
With Arms
cPage 250
Multi-Use Chairs
With Full Back
Armless
cPage 250
Multi-Use Chair
Without Arms
cPages 134–135
Multi-Use Chair
With Arms and
With Casters
cPages 136–137
Multi-Use Chair
Without Arms and
With Casters
cPages 136–137
Jersey Series
Multi-Use Chair
With Arms
cPages 134–135
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Size II
Mid-Back
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 154
Mid-Back
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 166
6
Protegé 433 Series
Mid-Back
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 166
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 176
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
cPage 178
Seating Specification Guide
Statement of Line
Multi-Use Chairs, continued
Cachet 487 Series
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chair
Without Arms
cPage 252
Leg-Base*
Multi-Use Chair
With Flip-Up Arms
cPage 252
*Cachet leg-base chair models also stack.
Stackable Chairs
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Stackable Chairs
cPage 258
Stackable Chairs
cPage 266
Stackable Chairs
cPage 276
Seating Specification Guide
7
Work Being Performed
Work Being Performed… Interaction and Autonomy Seating Matrix
High
Short-Term Sit
Short periods of sitting
Moderate computer use
Short-Term Sit
group
communicating
group
collaborating
Interaction
Cachet
Rally
Protegé
Long-Term Sit
Long-Term Sit
individual
processing
(task-intensive)
Long periods of sitting
Heavy computer use
individual
analyzing or
creating
(multi-task)
Low
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Low
Autonomy
Leap
Criterion
Drive
Sensor
Jersey
Think
High
Note
The more repetitive the task (individual processing work),
the more critical it is to have a long-term, sit chair with full
adjustability.
In some cases, a short-term, sit chair can be used for
short-term, individual analyzing or creating.
8
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Basics of Ergonomic Seating
.. Proper ergonomic
. seating can help workers
..
.. perform more efficiently and
. avoid muscle and eye strain.
..
..
.
..
.. Neck is straight or slightly
.. forward.
..
.
..
.. Shoulders are relaxed so
. arms hang naturally.
..
..
.
..
.. Back has full contact with
. the backrest (sit all the way
..
.. back in your chair).
.
.
..
..
.
.. Elbows and forearms
.. can rest comfortably on the
. arms of your chair, or on
..
. worksurfaces that are used
.. for writing, paperwork, and
.. other tasks.
.
..
.. Lower back fits into
. curved lumbar support.
..
..
. Tension is adjusted so
..
.. backrest tilts easily, yet
. provides smooth, even
.. support.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
. If worksurfaces and
..
.. keyboard support are
.. not height-adjustable, raise
.. your chair’s seat height to
.. achieve the appropriate
. relationship to your tasks.
.. If this leaves your feet
.. dangling above the floor,
. use a Details footrest.
..
..
. Call Details,
.. 1.800.833.0411, or your
.. Steelcase dealer, for
. additional information or
..
price list.
Seating Specification Guide
Basics of Ergonomic
Seating
Top of monitor should be
at eye level.
Screen is 20 to 30 inches
from the eyes.
Screen is at eye level
slightly lower and directly in
front of worker so head is
not turned.
Keyboard is at elbow
height.
Wrists should be straight
when keying or mousing,
not bent up or down.
When keying or
mousing, forearms are
parallel to the floor.
Thighs are parallel to the
floor.
Feet are flat on the floor
or on a footrest.
Keep frequently viewed
objects, such as a VDT
or source document, at or
below the horizontal line
of sight. Arrange display
screen and documents to
be equidistant from your
eyes.
ANSI/BIFMA is the American National Standards
Institute/Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association. All
Steelcase furniture meets
or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
standards for structural
quality. All Steelcase
Seating products also follow
the ergonomic guidelines
established in BIFMA
G1-2002.
9
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Basics of Adjustability
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Steelcase chairs offer
varying levels of adjustability to meet the needs of
many types of users. Adjustable chairs may offer one or
more of these features:
Mechanisms
Natural-glide feature
causes the seat to slide
forward as the user reclines,
keeping the user within his
or her vision and reach zone
(462, 464).
Advanced swivel-tilt
feature incorporates a no
front-rise design that allows
the seat to remain level
even when the user leans
back (453, 457, 433).
Synchro-tilt feature
means the chair back and
seat are synchronized to
move in a 2:1 ratio. When
the user leans back, the
seat rises only half as
much, allowing the user’s
feet to remain flat on the
floor (461, 458, Jersey).
Your Power weightactivated feature allows for
an amount of recline resistance that is directly proportional to the user’s weight.
The natural-glide feature
keeps the user within vision
and reach zone (465).
10
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
Balanced Action
Rocker (BAR) mechanism ..
.
allows users to recline as
.
the seat flexes. BAR relies ..
..
on physics to let any user,
..
regardless of posture,
..
height, or weight, find the
.
most comfortable position
..
(487).
..
.
.
Seat Adjustments ..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
Pneumatic height
.
adjustment allows the user ..
..
to remain seated while
adjusting the seat height by ..
.
way of a control button or
..
lever (all work chairs).
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Seat edge angle allows .
.
..
front edge of seat to drop
..
down while seat angle
.
remains unchanged (462).
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seat angle adjustment
..
allows the user to change
.
the angle of the seat to a
.
forward position (453, 461, ..
..
Jersey).
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seat edge flex
..
Seat edge naturally tilts to
.
..
relieve pressure under the
user’s thighs (465).
Seat depth adjustment
allows the user to slide the
seat forward or back (462,
453, 461, 465, Jersey).
Back Adjustments
Lumbar height affords
additional lower back support. Grasp lumbar handles
and slide up or down to
adjust (462, 453, 461, 465).
Lower back firmness
changes the amount of
firmness user feels in lower
back (462, 464).
Upper back tension
feature provides an increasing amount of force that
increases as the user
reclines (462, 464).
Back tension adjustment
allows the user to control
the amount of resistance
felt when leaning back in
the chair (all chairs except
462, 465, 487).
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Your Preference back
..
control includes four
settings—weight-activated, ..
.
boosted, mid-stop, and
..
upright—that allow for
..
personal preference and
.
..
work styles (465).
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
Headrest adjustment
.
..
allows the user to support
head and neck in upright or ..
reclined posture (464, 465). ..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Variable back stop
..
allows the user to lock the
.
back upright or to preset
..
the range of recline (462,
..
453, 458, 464).
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
Upright back lock
.
..
allows the user to lock the
..
backrest in a full upright
position or release it for full ..
.
recline (461, 457, 433,
..
Jersey).
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
Back height adjustment
..
allows the user to raise or
.
..
lower the chair back (453,
..
458).
.
..
..
.
..
Arm Adjustments
Arm height adjustment
allows the user to move
the arms up or down
independently (462, 453,
461, 458, 465, Jersey).
Arm width adjustment
allows the user to move the
arms in or out independently (462, 453, 461, 458,
Jersey).
Arm pivot adjustments
allows the user to position
arm rests as appropriate for
the task being performed
(462, 453, 461, 465,
Jersey).
Arm depth adjustment
allows users to get closer to
their work by chair arms
moving out of the way (465).
Other Features
Foot ring height can be
adjusted up or down for
user comfort. Cannot be
done from seated position
(462, 453, 458).
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Basics of Adjustability
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Work Chair Adjustability Features For Long-Term Sitting
Leap
Leap
Criterion
462 Series
464 Series
453 Series
cPage 13
WorkLounge cPage 71
cPage 193 (HD) cPage 61
Criterion Plus Think
453 Series
465 Series
cPage 71
cPage 89
Drive
461 Series
cPage 115
Jersey
Sensor
Series
458 Series
cPage 125 cPage 139
Mechanisms
Natural glide
•
•
•
Your Power
•
Advanced swivel-tilt
•
Synchro-tilt
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat edge angle
•
•
•
Seat angle
Seat depth
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•*
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Lumbar height
Lower back firmness
Upper back tension
•
•
•
•
•
Back tension
Variable back stop
•
•
•
Upright back lock
•
Back height
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arm depth
•
•
Other Features
Foot ring height (stool)
•
Headrest
•
•
*See product understanding pages for additional details.
Work Chair Adjustability Features For Short-Term Sitting
Rally
457 Series
cPage 159
Protegé
433 Series
cPage 169
Cachet
487 Series
cPage 179
Mechanisms
Advanced swivel-tilt
•
•
Balanced Action
Rocker (BAR)
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Back tension
Upright back lock
Self adjusting
Seating Specification Guide
•
11
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Additional Resources
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Steelcase seating is
supported with an array
of informational materials,
tools, and software to help
you plan efficiently.
Product brochures and
planning tools can be
ordered through your
Steelcase area office, by
calling 1.800.784.0355,
or through the Steelcase
Marketing Communications
Web site at
in2.steelcase.com.
Printed Materials
Seating Overview
This full-color overview
divides chairs into three
categories–work chairs,
multi-use chairs, and
lounge. The overview
brochure includes a fourpage foldout that contains a
visual index and shows
customers the array of
Steelcase Inc. seating lines.
Form number 03-0003368
Planning Tools
Quick Delivery
Handbook
This handbook describes
all Steelcase, Turnstone,
Details, and Steelcase
Design Partnership products that are available for
3-Day (3-day shipment),
Express12 (12-day delivery),
or 15-Day (15-day shipment).
12
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
Surface Materials
Reference Manual
This publication provides:
• An explanation of the
surface materials and
their categories
• “Available on” matrices
• Vertical surface fabric
and seating upholstery
selection listing
• Pricing for surface
materials
• Technical data for surface
materials
• Surface material care and
cleaning instructions
Additional surface
materials specification
tools are available to assist
you in the specification
process—the Surface
Materials Binders and the
Surface Materials Tool Box.
Surface Materials
Finishes Binder
includes:
• Surface Materials
Reference Manual
• A complete set of swatch
cards for hard surfaces
Surface Materials
Vertical Surface Fabric
Binder includes:
• A complete set of swatch
cards for vertical surface
fabric
Surface Materials
Seating Upholstery
Binder includes:
• Designtex Graded-In
Catalog
• A complete set of
swatch cards for
seating upholstery
Surface Materials Tool
Box provides 3" x 3"
samples of the following
surface materials:
• Seating upholstery
• Wood
• Paint
• Laminate
Form number S8150
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Customer’s Own
Material (COM) Web
site features fabric test
results for all COM
fabrics which have been
tested by Steelcase and
also allows you to calculate
yardage requirements for
most Steelcase seating
lines. The Web site will
always contain the most
current information
available, providing the
same information you would
receive if you called or
faxed a COM Consultant.
To locate the COM Web
site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com
• Click on “Knowledge &
Design”
• Select “Customer’s Own
Material”
Computer Tools
Product
Info
Product Info
Electronic versions of this
and many other
specification guides in
Acrobat PDF (Portable
Document Format) allow
you to scan, search, and
print any page on virtually
any computer. You can
access these files at the
Steelcase.com Web site or
My Sales Online at
in2.Steelcase.com.
Electronic Catalog
Accurate sales quotations
and purchase orders for
Steelcase products are
created with specification
software that uses
Steelcase Electronic
Catalog data. Use the data
to specify and price style
numbers and options for
every Steelcase product.
The data is updated
quarterly by Steelcase
and provided to software
programs like the Hedberg
Business System, 20-20
CAP Studio, and 20-20
Office Sales.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Furniture Symbol
Graphic Data
Steelcase creates 2D and
3D furniture symbols (with
attributes) for planning and
initially specifying Steelcase
products. This data is
incorporated into several
add-on software packages
that work in either a
Microstation or an AutoCAD
drafting environment.
More Information
For more information on
these and other software
tools to help you plan
effective work environments, please contact
Steelcase eTools at
1.616.246.9542.
Support
Steelcase Capabilities
Steelcase products are
distributed, installed, and
serviced through a network
of more than 600 dealers
worldwide. Steelcase is also
represented with offices and
corporate showrooms in
26 U.S. cities, 4 Canadian
cities, and in France, Germany, Great Britain, and
Japan. Every Steelcase
product meets our exceptionally high standards of
quality and durability and
comes with the Steelcase
assurance of excellence in
service.
For assistance,
please call your local
dealer, the Steelcase
Solutions Resource
Team, or the Steelcase
Solutions Fulfilled Team
at 1.888.STEELCASE
(1.888.783.3522).
Call the Steelcase Solutions
Resource Team prior to
placing an order, when
working on a bid, or when
you need information about
product applications and
specifications.
Call the Steelcase Solutions
Fulfilled Team if you have
submitted an order to
Steelcase and you need to
speak to your service
representative about the
order. Also call if you have
any post-shipment quality
or warranty concerns or
service parts questions.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
For information about
.
Steelcase, the name of your .
.
nearest Steelcase dealer, or .
..
for product literature, call
..
1.800.333.9939 or visit our
.
Web site: www.steelcase.com. .
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Outside the U.S.A.,
Canada, Mexico, Puerto
Rico, and the U.S. Virgin
Islands, call 1.616.247.2500.
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Understanding
and Specifying
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Leap 462 Series
Overview
14
Understanding Backframe and Upholstery Differences
15
Standard Upholstery
16
Pillowed Upholstery
17
Bare-Back
18
Coach Leather
20
Details
22
Dimensions
26
Specifying Leap 462 Series
Value Packages
Ribbon Backframe Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery Fabric
28
Pillowed Upholstery Fabric
30
Arch Backframe Work Chairs
Work Chairs
Adjustability Features
cSee page 11 for
Leap
Highly adjustable task
a comparison to
462
seating offers maximum
other chairs.
Series
personalization for people
who sit most of the day
Mechanisms
performing repetitive
Natural glide
tasks. By making a series
of simple adjustments, you
Seat Adjustments
can customize the chair to
your body, preferences,
Pneumatic height
and tasks. These chairs
Seat edge angle
provide continuous, stable,
task-oriented comfort, and
Seat depth
can be quickly adjusted to
support you in upright, forBack Adjustments
ward, and reclining work
Lumbar height
postures.
•
•
•
•
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
Lower back firmness
Upper back tension
Variable back stop
•
•
•
•
32
Ribbon Backframe
Coach Edition Leather Work Chairs
34
Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
36
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
38
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
40
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
42
Stools
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
44
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
46
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
48
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
50
Pillowed Upholstery Packages
52
Vest Packages
55
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
•
•
•
Other Features
Foot ring
height (stool)
Seating Specification Guide
Standard Upholstery Fabric
•
Arch Backframe
Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
56
Stools
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
58
13
Overview
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
e
u
l
..
e
Va ckag
.
..
Pa
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
Value packages are available for the most
..
common Leap chair configurations to meet the
..
needs of typical high-performance workspaces.
.
Value packages allow you to obtain the full array ..
.
of Leap chair features at a lower price than you
..
would pay if you assembled these features indi..
vidually. To simplify specifying, value packages
.
..
include no options other than fabric price group
..
and plastic color choices.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Subtract
.
..
features
..
.
..
..
Features and flexibility are built in to
..
every Leap chair so active users can adjust the
chair to suit their requirements. For more utilitar- ..
..
ian applications or when there is a restricted
.
budget, you can choose options that eliminate
..
Leap chair features while lowering costs.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
14
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
Arch
Ribbon
..
.
Two backframe designs are available on
..
Leap chairs. The ribbon backframe offers a
..
lighter design. The arch backframe creates a
.
..
more robust look.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Understanding Backframe Differences
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Choose from a variety of upholstery choices. ..
..
Standard or pillowed seat and back upholstery
..
is available in fabric or leather. The bare-back
..
chair is available with standard or pillowed seat
.
upholstery in fabric or leather.
..
cPages 15–21
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Understanding Backframe
Differences
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
Ribbon Backframe
Backframe is reduced to a minimal ribbon
that mimics the profile of the back and
forms angles before joining the arms.
Fabric
Standard
cPage 4
Standard with
stitched edge
detail (option)
cPage 4
Pillowed
cPage 5
Bare-back with
standard seat
cPage 6
Bare-back with
standard seat and
vest (option)
cPage 6
Bare-back with
pillowed seat
cPage 6
Bare-back with
pillowed seat and
vest
cPage 6
Leap Seating Product Preview
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Leather
Standard with
stitched edge
detail
cPage 4
Pillowed
cPage 5
Bare-back with
standard seat
cPage 6
Bare-back with
standard seat and
vest (option)
cPage 6
Bare-back with
pillowed seat
cPage 6
Bare-back with
pillowed seat and
vest (option)
cPage 6
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
Arch Backframe
Backframe forms a continuously curving
arch that smoothly transitions into the
base of the arms.
Fabric
Standard
cPage 4
Standard with
stitched edge
detail (option)
cPage 4
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
Leather
Standard with
stitched edge
detail
cPage 4
3
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
Work chairs
Stools
..
.
Work chairs are available for use throughout
..
the office.
..
.
Stools are available in full back only and are for ..
.
applications with high worksurfaces. Stools are
..
standard with the same adjustment features as
..
work chairs.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
High-back
Full-back
.
..
Two back heights available—full back and ..
..
high back. Full-back chair is adequately propor..
tioned to accommodate the user comfortably.
The stately high-back chair offers equal comfort ..
and an additional 3" of height for increased back ..
support.Tip: Stools are available in full back only. ..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding Backframe and Upholstery Differences
Ribbon Backframe
Backframe is a narrow ribbon that mimics
the profile of the back and forms angles
before joining the arms. Performance
matches arch backframe.
Fabric
Standard
cPage 16
Standard with
stitched edge
detail (option)
cPage 16
Pillowed
cPage 17
Bare-back with
standard seat
cPage 18
Bare-back with
vest (option) and
standard seat
cPage 18
Bare-back with
pillowed seat
cPage 18
Bare-back with
vest (option) and
pillowed seat
cPage 18
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Leather
Standard with
stitched edge
detail
cPage 16
Pillowed
cPage 17
Bare-back with
standard seat with
stitched edge
detail
cPage 18
Bare-back with
pillowed seat
cPage 18
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
Coach
..
Bleecker
.
..
cPage 20
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Coach
..
Mercer
..
cPage 20
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Bare-back with
.
vest (option) and
.
standard seat with ..
stitched edge detail ..
..
cPage 18
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Bare-back with
..
vest (option) and
.
pillowed seat
..
cPage 18
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
Arch Backframe
Backframe forms a continuously curving
arch that smoothly transitions into the
base of the arms. Performance matches
ribbon backframe.
Fabric
Standard
cPage 16
Standard with
stitched edge
detail (option)
cPage 16
.
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Leather
Standard with
stitched edge
detail
cPage 16
15
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Understanding Backframe
and Upholstery Differences
Standard Upholstery
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
What Is It?
Where Available
Ribbon backframe
• Full-back work chairs
• High-back work chairs
• Full-back stools
Fabric- or leather-covered,
multi-density foam, permanently bonded to the seat
and back to form fully
cushioned surfaces.
Classics Collection
Upholstery
Materials
Arch backframe
• Full-back work chairs
• High-back work chairs
• Full-back stools
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fabric
Leather
Vinyl
COM fabric
COL leather
COV vinyl
Leather Upholstery
Back
Back
Seat
Seat
Stitched seams are not
included on the cushions
of Steelcase Classics
Collection standard upholstery chairs.
Stitched seams are
included on the back
cushion and seat cushion
of leather and Customer’s
Own Leather (COL)
standard upholstery chairs.
Designtex Graded-In
and COM Upholstery
Back
Outer
back
Back
Seat
Seat
Plastic outer back is fully
exposed on chairs with standard upholstery.
Seat and back cushions are permanently
bonded to chair but can be
removed and replaced by a
technician if damaged.
Stitched edge detail is
included on the back cushion of Designtex Graded-In
fabrics and Customer’s
Own Material (COM) standard upholstery chairs. If
the stitch detail is desired
on Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics, there is an
additional upcharge.
16
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Pillowed Upholstery
What Is It?
Two trim pillows—one on
the seat and one on the
back. Pillows can be easily
removed and replaced.
Where Available
Ribbon backframe
• Full-back work chairs
• High-back work chairs
• Full-back stools
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fabric
Leather
Vinyl
COM fabric
COL leather
COV vinyl
Pillows are removable
without tools to allow users
to switch or replace them
as desired. Pillows can also
be removed for cleaning.
Replacement pillows are
available through this
specification guide and
Customer Service Parts.
cPage 52
Back
pillow
Seat
pillow
Fabric that overlaps chair
back shell matches the fabric
on the front of the pillow.
Performance fabric is used
to construct the back side of
the pillow. Color of performance
fabric is a default of the specified plastic color.
Seating Specification Guide
Pillowed upholstery is
thin with a lightness that
complements chairs with
ribbon backframe. Pillowed
upholstery creates an informal, relaxed look.
17
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Pillowed Upholstery
Bare-Back
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
What Is It?
Bare-back chair has no
upholstery on the back to
create a clean, minimalist
look. Seat is available with
standard upholstery or
pillowed upholstery.
Where Available
Ribbon backframe
• Full-back work chairs
• High-back work chairs
• Full-back stools
Materials
•
•
•
•
Fabric
Leather
COM fabric
COL leather
Removable vest is available as an option on bareback models. Replacement
vests can be ordered from
this specification guide and
Customer Service Parts.
cPage 55
Back shell is plastic on
bare-back chairs.
Standard upholstery
seat cushion is available
on bare-back chairs.
Cushion is permanently
bonded to chair but can be
removed and replaced by
a technician if damaged.
Pillowed upholstery is
available on seat of bareback chairs. Concealed
snaps secure pillow to the
seat.
Leather seat
Stitched seams are
included on the seat cushion
of leather, vinyl, Customer’s
Own Leather (COL), and
Customer’s Own Vinyl
(COV) standard
upholstery chair.
18
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Bare-Back
Leap 462 Series
Seating Specification Guide
19
Coach Leather
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Coach Edition Leather Work Chairs
What Is It?
Coach leather upholstery on
seat and back. Two leather
pillow back patterns are
available—Coach Bleecker
and Coach Mercer. Leather
back pillows can be easily
removed, but the seat cushion is permanently bonded
to the seat.
Where Available
Ribbon backframe
• High-back work chairs
with style numbers consisting of 462COACH only
Materials
• Coach leather with
matching thread
• Coach leather with
contrasting thread
• Polished aluminum
package
Coach Edition Bleecker
leather pillow has a raised,
quilted pattern. Matching or
contrasting thread stitching is
available and specified with
separate finish numbers.
Seat cushion has a
unique, boxed-style detail.
Coach
Coach Edition Mercer leather
pillow has a perforated back with
raised edge trim. Matching or
contrasting thread stitching is
available and specified with
separate finish numbers.
20
Coach emblem is sewn
on the back of all Coach
pillows.
Leather that overlaps chair
back shell matches the leather
on the front of the pillow. Performance fabric is concealed and
used to construct the back side
of the pillow.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Coach Leather
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Coach Leather Pillowed Upholstery Option
What Is It?
Where Available
Coach leather available as
an option on pillows. Pillows
are available with matching
thread only and do not have
a pattern—Bleecker and
Mercer patterns are not
available. Back and seat
pillows can be easily
removed and replaced.
Ribbon backframe
• Full-back work chairs
• High-back work chairs
• Full-back stools
Pillows are removable
without tools to allow users
to switch or replace them as
desired. Pillows can also be
removed for cleaning.
Replacement pillows are
available through this
specification guide and
Customer Service Parts.
cPage 52
Coach
Materials
• Coach leather with
matching thread
Tip: Contrasting thread
stitching is not available on
pillowed upholstery option.
Pillow seat cushion is
secured to the seat with
concealed snaps.
Coach emblem is sewn
on the back of all Coach
pillows.
Leather that overlaps chair
back shell matches the leather
on the front of the pillow. Performance fabric is concealed and
used to construct the back side
of the pillow.
Seating Specification Guide
21
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap—a technology, a chair,
a healthier way to sit.
Outer back and outer
seat are plastic.
Lumbar height 5" of additional lower back support
is available as an option
on chairs with standard
upholstery.
Arm height can adjust
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper
back and shoulder fatigue.
Seat depth adjusts
within a 3" range on work
chairs. Stools adjust 21⁄4"
range. Fixed seat depth
models are also available.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly
on carpets. They are 3" for
increased mobility. Soft,
dual-wheel casters are
available for use on hard
floors or chair mats. Stools
are standard with 2" hard
casters. Soft casters are
available as an option.
22
Arm width can adjust
within a 3" range for each
arm to provide forearm
support in neutral position
for 5th to 95th percentile
office workers.
Arm caps can pivot
independently 14° in and
21° out to accommodate
individual user preferences.
Seat edge angle allows
the front edge of the seat to
drop down close to 2",
relieving pressure behind
the thighs.
Lower back firmness
changes the amount of
firmness user feels in lower
back. Requires only two
complete turns.
Upper back force
requires only five complete
turns and accommodates a
broader range of users by
allowing user to change the
rate of increase in force as
the user reclines.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range with a
pneumatic adjustment mechanism. A 7" range is available as an option. Stools
have an 8" range.
Variable back stop with
five positions is standard.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Parallel slats in back
shell provide extensive flexi- ..
.
bility to allow back to con..
form to individual users.
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Rectilinear arm caps
.
..
• Soft
..
• Upholstered
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
See-through arm caps .
..
are available on Leap
.
..
Coach Edition only.
..
Models are available with .
..
fixed seats, adjustable
..
seats that include seat
.
depth and seat edge angle, .
.
..
or adjustable seats that
..
include seat depth only.
.
..
Adjustability instruc..
tions are included with
.
..
every chair. Width- and
pivot-adjustable arm models .
..
include instructions on a
.
removable label concealed .
..
under the arm cap.
..
..
Controls under the seat
..
include tactile braille
.
designators.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
.
..
Adjustment Features
..
Seat Adjustments
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.. 1"
5"
2"
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.. Seat depth adjusts 3"
.. (151⁄4"–181⁄4") by pulling
. handle up. Slide seat forSeat height adjusts
.
pneumatically. To lower, .. ward or back to accommohold handle up while seated. .. date various leg lengths.
To raise, hold handle up and .. Release handle to lock.
.. This feature is available as
keep your weight off the
chair. Range of adjustability .. an option on work chairs
is 5" from 15"H to 20"H and .. and stools. Stools and
is standard on work chairs. .. armless chairs adjust 21⁄4"
. (151⁄4"–171⁄2").
A 7" range of adjustability
.
(153⁄4"H to 221⁄4"H) is avail- ..
. Back Adjustments
able as an option. An 8"
.
range of adjustability (22"H ..
.
to 30"H) is available on
..
stools.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.. Lumbar height adjusts 5"
.. (51⁄4" to 101⁄4" from seat) by
. grabbing exposed tabs and
.. sliding the lumbar support
.. up or down. This 5" range
Seat edge angle
. feature is available as an
.
adjusts by pulling handle . option on work chairs and
.
up and shifting your weight . stools with standard uphol..
forward to front edge of
. stery only.
seat to alter front edge by
..
close to 2". Release handle .
.
to lock. This feature is avail- .
..
able on adjustable seat
..
models, work chairs, and
.
stools.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Lower back firmness
adjusts by turning knob two
complete turns. Forward
increases firmness. Backward decreases firmness.
This feature is standard on
work chairs and stools.
Upper back force
adjusts by turning knob
five complete turns. Turn
knob forward to increase
rate of tension; backward to
decrease. This feature is
standard on work chairs
and stools.
Variable back stop.
Rotate handle up or down to
set recline angle. Lean back
to desired back angle. Five
stops are available. This
feature is standard on work
chairs and stools.
Tip: To stop in upright position, remove weight from
back and rotate lever up.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Arm Adjustments
Rectilinear height-,
width-, and pivot-adjustable arms come standard
on all arm models of chairs
and stools. Fixed-height arms
are an option. Also available
armless.
4"
Arm height adjusts
independently within a range
of 4" (7"–11" from the seat).
Push button on outside and
under arm cap in while moving arms up or down. Releasing buttons locks arms in
position.
3"
3"
Arm width adjusts 3"
each independently on chairs
with this option. Grasp arm
and move in or out. Range is
13"–19" for both arms.
Arms pivot 14° in 21° out
independently on models
with adjustable-width arms.
Grasp arm and push front to
left or right. Pivot adjustment adds 23⁄4" to width
range (12"–21").
cLeap 462 Series, continued 23
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Adjustment Features,
. continued
..
Other Features
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
4"
..
..
.
..
Foot ring height on
.
stools adjusts by first lifting ..
ring and rotating it counter- ..
clockwise to unlock it. Then ..
raise or lower ring up to 4" to ..
desired position before rotat- ..
..
ing it clockwise to lock it.
.
.
Soft-wheel casters for ..
.
hard floors are available
.
..
for specific applications.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
24
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
• Vinyl
Hard components
(base, outer back, outer
seat, and foot ring on
stools)
• 6205 Black
• 6259 Midnight
• 6296 Sterling
Ribbon
backframe
Arm
tube
Base
Caster
Polished aluminum
package is available as
an option on ribbon back
chairs with arms and 6205
Black frame finish. Stools,
armless chairs, and chairs
with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment option
are not available with this
package. Polished aluminum is applied to ribbon
backframe, arm tube, base
and casters.
Arms
• Soft vinyl arm caps:
6205 Black only
Vest
• 5056 Black
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation Voluntary Upholstered Furniture Flammability Standard,
as well as the State of California Technical Bulletin
117. All standard seating is
labeled to be in compliance
with California TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
..
Reference Manual for fur..
ther detail about programs
..
and services offered for
.
seating.
..
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
are not offered through the ..
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
.
application on Steelcase
..
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
.
Steelcase will facilitate the ..
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
.
yardage requirements for
.
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com ..
.
• Click on “Knowledge &
..
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
.
..
Material”
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
..
fabric without affecting the
shade or the integrity of the ..
fabric. The following Steel- ..
case Textiles are available ..
.
pre-treated with soil retar..
dant. (You do not need to
..
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
.
• Canzoné
..
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
.
..
• Link
..
• Regis
.
• Rook
..
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
.
..
Soil-retardant treatment is
available on all other seating ..
fabrics at an additional $17 ..
..
U.S. per seating unit. To
..
order this option, please
select “Soil-Retardant Treat- ..
..
ment” under “Optional
.
Accessories.”
..
Programs & Services .
For soil-retardant treatment
on COMs, please select
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” Minimums or additional yardage may be
required. Please contact the
vendor directly for specific
information.
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
Contact your Steelcase
Sales Service representative
at 1.888.STEELCASE
(1.888.783.3522).
Fire Codes
cSee pages 289–290
for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCS
modification.
Steelcase offers Fire
Code Seating modification
(FCS) on nearly all seating
models. The most rigorous
fire codes in the nation
have been developed in
California, and the Steelcase FCS modification is
designed to meet those
codes. Fire Code Seating
(FCS) indicates that a product is constructed to meet
the strict fire code requirements of high public occupancy areas such as
theaters, meeting rooms,
and lobbies. The FCS standards will meet both the
State of California Home
Furnishing Technical Bulletin 133 (Cal TB 133) and
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
Boston adopted the California Home Furnishing Technical Bulletin TB 133 test
standard in 1992.
Local codes may have
special requirements for
upholstery.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Printed Materials
..
cWhy Leap (S11014)
.
..
cLeap Brochure
..
(03-0003669)
cLeap Overview Positioning ..
..
Piece (S11016)
.
cLeap White Paper
..
Packets (S11019)
.
cWork Effectiveness Study ..
..
White Papers
..
(02-0001642)
.
cLeap Quick Reference
..
Pocket Card (S11042)
..
cLeap User Guide
.
..
(S11236)
..
cSeating Overview
.
(03-0003368)
..
..
Computer Tools
.
.
cInteractive User Guide
..
available on
..
www.steelcase.com
.
..
cElectronic User Disk
..
(S2305)—Windows
cLeap CD-ROM (S11015) ..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
25
Leap 462 Series
..
. Dimensions
..
.. cPage 26
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Leap 462 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
Leap 462 Series
High-Back Work Chairs
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4"
to 243⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
40" to 45"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 181⁄4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
26"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
40" to 45"
19"
161⁄ 4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
26"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Full-Back Work Chairs
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4"
to 243⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
37" to 42"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 181⁄4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
37" to 42"
19"
161⁄ 4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Full-Back Stools
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4" to 24"
291⁄ 4"
42" to 50"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 171⁄ 2"
20"
22" to 30"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
42" to 50"
19"
161⁄ 4"
20"
22" to 30"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Dimensions are identical
for arch backframe and
ribbon backframe chairs
in standard upholstery,
pillowed upholstery, and
bare-back.
Functional seat depth
measurements were
taken with Leap’s Live
Back unflexed. If fully
flexed, the functional seat
depth measurements on
the adjustable seat depth
models are 141⁄ 2"–19" and
161⁄ 4"–171⁄ 4" on the fixed
seat depth models.
Dimensions were measured with BIFMA CMD.
Seat depth measurement is simply the size of
the seat from front to back.
Chairs without the
seat edge angle
adjustment have a
flexing front seat edge
of approximately 1⁄2".
Chairs with the seat
edge angle adjustment allow the front
edge of the seat to drop
approximately 2".
Arm width adjustment
is 13"–19". Arm pivot
adjustment adds 23⁄4" to
the width providing a total
of 121⁄4"–21" of width
between the arms.
26
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
d
DWidth
dBetween
dFixed
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom Seat
dfor Fixed
dArms
DArm Cap
dPivot
dRange
d
d
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
d
Leap 462 Series
DLumbar
dFlex
dZone
d
d
High-Back Work Chairs
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
Full-Back Work Chairs
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
Full-Back Stools
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
12" to 21"
203⁄ 8"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
84⁄ 5"
35°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
Overall width
291/4"
Back width
19"W
Overall depth
213/4"D to 243/4"D: Adjustable seat depth
233/4"D: Fixed seat depth
Width between
arms
12"W to 21"W
Seat-to-back angle
99° to 118°
Back lumbar height
Seat pan angle
– 6° to 3°: Adjustable seat
depth work chair and stool
0° to 3°: Fixed seat depth
work chair and stool
Seat height
15"H to 20"H: Work chair
153/4"H to 221/4"H: Work
chair with 7" pneumatic
seat-height adjustment
22"H to 30"H: Stool
Arm to floor
22"H to 32"H: Work chair
28"H to 40"H: Stool
Overall height
40"H to 45"H: High-back chair
37"H to 42"H: Full-back chair
42"H to 50"H: Full-back stool
51/4"H to 101/4"H
Seat width
20"W
Seating Specification Guide
27
Leap 462 Series Value Package Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Value package
models are available with
surface material options
only.
Tip: When specifying
Designtex Graded-In
or COM fabric, you
must use value package
2 or 4.
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms: black plastic
3" adjustable seat depth and seat edge angle
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
5" travel for lumbar support
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
on sewn upholstery
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
No cost
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, outer back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
28
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Value Package Work Chairs
Leap Value Package 2
Ribbon Backframe
Ribbon Backframe
Full Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Steelcase Classics or Designtex Environmental
Impact Collection Fabrics Only
Standard Upholstery Design
Full Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Designtex Graded-In or COM with
Sewn Upholstery Detail
Standard Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAP9L
$1158 U.S. for Price Group 1
Style Number 462LEAP9LX
$1188 U.S. for COM
Leap Value Package 3
Leap Value Package 4
Ribbon Backframe
Ribbon Backframe
High Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Steelcase Classics or Designtex
Environmental Impact Collection Fabrics Only
Standard Upholstery Design
High Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Designtex Graded-In or COM with
Sewn Upholstery Detail
Standard Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAP19L
$1208 U.S. for Price Group 1
Style Number 462LEAP19LX
$1238 U.S. for COM
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Leap Value Package 1
29
Leap 462 Series Value Package Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
Tip: Value package
models are available with
surface material options
only.
Tip: Value package 6 (style
number 462LEAPP9LX)
has been eliminated.
Order value package 5
instead.
Tip: Value package 8 (style
number 462LEAPP19X) has
been eliminated. Order
value package 7 instead.
Tip: Performance fabric is a
default of the plastic color
specified.
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
•
•
•
•
•
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms: black plastic
3" adjustable seat depth and seat edge angle
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic
Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure back and seat pillows
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, outer back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
30
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Value Package Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series
Leap Value Package 5
Ribbon Backframe
Full Back
Steelcase Classics Collection Fabrics,
Designtex Graded-In, or COM
Pillowed Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAPP9L
$1208 U.S. for Price Group 1
Leap Value Package 7
Ribbon Backframe
High Back
Steelcase Classics Collection Fabrics,
Designtex Graded-In, or COM
Pillowed Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAPP19L
$1258 U.S. for Price Group 1
Seating Specification Guide
31
Leap 462 Series Value Package Work Chairs
Arch Backframe
Standard Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Value package
models are available with
surface material options
only.
Tip: When specifying
Designtex Graded-In or
COM fabric, you must use
value package 10 or 12.
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms: black plastic
3" adjustable seat depth and seat edge angle
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
5" travel for additional lumbar support
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM) on sewn upholstery
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
No cost
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, outer back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
32
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Value Package Work Chairs
Leap Value Package 10
Arch Backframe
Arch Backframe
Full Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Steelcase Classics or Designtex Environmental
Impact Collection Fabrics Only
Standard Upholstery Design
Full Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Designtex Graded-In or COM
with Sewn Upholstery Detail
Standard Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAPL
$1198 U.S. for Price Group 1
Style Number 462LEAPLX
$1228 U.S. for COM
Leap Value Package 11
Leap Value Package 12
Arch Backframe
Arch Backframe
High Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Steelcase Classics or Designtex Environmental
Impact Collection Fabrics Only
Standard Upholstery Design
High Back
Lumbar-Height Adjustment
Designtex Graded-In or COM
with Sewn Upholstery Detail
Standard Upholstery Design
Style Number 462LEAP1L
$1248 U.S. for Price Group 1
Style Number 462LEAP1LX
$1278 U.S. for COM
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Leap Value Package 9
33
Leap 462 Series Coach Edition Leather Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
Required to Specify
• Pillowed upholstery back and standard upholstery seat:
Coach leather
• Upper back force
• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
• Variable back stop
• Lower back firmness
• Flexing front edge seat
• Independent height-, width-, and pivot-adjustable arms
and see-through arm caps: black plastic only
• Seat shell and outer back: black plastic only
• Polished aluminum package on ribbon backframe, arm
tube, five-arm base, and casters
• On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
• 3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black with polished aluminum
Options
Seat Depth
Options
Tip: Coach leather upholstery is available with
matching or contrasting
thread stitching. Separate
finish numbers are used to
specify each.
Casters
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
U.S.
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
–$50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Required to Specify
Canada
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
1 Style number
2 Coach leather color number (with
matching or contrasting thread stitching)
for back and seat
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
+$18
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Bleecker
High-Back with Height-, Width-,
and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Mercer
High-Back with Height-, Width-,
and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
462COACH1
$2250
462COACH3
$2250
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462COACH2
d
$2400
d
462COACH4
d
$2400
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
34
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Coach Edition
Leather
Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
35
Leap 462 Series Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or Designtex
Graded-In. There is a $30
U.S. upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Tip: The Designtex Environmental Impact collection does
not require an X suffix unless
the sewn upholstery detail is
desired.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPage 289
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-In
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Polished aluminum package
• Polished aluminum package
on chairs with arms and 6205 Black
frame finish
Not available with 7" pneumatic
seat-height adjustment.
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$400
Add suffix C to the style number.
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics
with stitched edge detail on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
cOptions continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
36
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
cOptions, continued
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Not available with polished aluminum
package.
Seat Depth
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available on –$ 50
adjustable seat models only
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46211109
$ 988
46211009
$763
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46212109
d
$1138
d
High-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46212009
d
$913
d
High-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46211119
$1038
46211019
$813
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46212119
d
$1188
d
46212019
d
$963
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
37
Leap 462 Series
Options
Seat Height
Leap 462 Series Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
•
•
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPage 289
+$250
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Coach leather (without pattern)
+$400
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$100
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix Y to the style number and
specify coach leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$400
Add suffix C to the style number.
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Not available with polished aluminum
package.
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
38
• Steelcase leather upholstery
Polished aluminum package
• Polished aluminum package
on chairs with arms and 6205 Black
frame finish
Not available with 7" pneumatic
seat-height adjustment.
Fixed-Height
Arms
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure back and seat pillows
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cOptions continued on next page
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
cOptions, continued
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Leap 462 Series
Options
Casters
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46213129
$1088
46213029
$ 863
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46214129
d
$1238
d
High-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46214029
d
$1013
d
High-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46213139
$1138
46213039
$ 913
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46214139
d
$1288
d
46214039
d
$1063
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
39
Leap 462 Series Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$300
• Steelcase vinyl
+$155
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$155
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Polished aluminum package
• Polished aluminum package
on chairs with arms and 6205 Black
frame finish
Not available with 7" pneumatic
seat-height adjustment.
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$400
Add suffix C to the style number.
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Not available with polished aluminum
package.
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed-Height
Arms
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base:
plastic
On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cOptions continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
40
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
cOptions, continued
Required to Specify
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
Options
+$18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$40
Specify with vest.
Leap 462 Series
U.S. Price
Casters
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46211149
$ 988
46211049
$763
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46212149
d
$1138
d
High-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46212049
d
$913
d
High-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46211159
$1038
46211059
$813
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46212159
d
$1188
d
46212059
d
$963
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
41
Leap 462 Series Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$125
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$ 50
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Polished aluminum package
• Polished aluminum package
on chairs with arms and 6205 Black
frame finish
Not available with 7" pneumatic
seat-height adjustment.
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$400
Add suffix C to the style number.
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms..
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Not available with polished aluminum
package.
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed-Height
Arms
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base: plastic
On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure seat pillow
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cOptions continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
42
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
cOptions, continued
Required to Specify
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use
on hard floors
Options
+$18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$40
Specify with vest.
Leap 462 Series
U.S. Price
Casters
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46213149
$1038
46213049
$ 813
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46214149
d
$1188
d
High-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46214049
d
$ 963
d
High-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46213159
$1088
46213059
$ 863
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46214159
d
$1238
d
46214059
d
$1013
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
43
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or
Designtex Graded-In.
There is a $30 U.S.
upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-in
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics
with stitched edge detail on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Tip: The Designtex Environmental Impact collection
does not require an X suffix
unless the sewn upholstery
detail is desired.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
On adjustable seat models: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Seat Depth
• 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$50
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
44
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Full-Back Stools
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46271109
$1175
46271009
$ 950
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46272109
d
$1325
d
46272009
d
$1100
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
45
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix Y to the style number and
specify coach leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$250
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Coach leather (without pattern)
+$400
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$100
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
On adjustable seat models: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure back and seat pillows
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Fixed-Height
Arms
Seat Depth
• 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
46
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Full-Back Stools
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46273129
$1275
46273029
$1050
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46274129
d
$1425
d
46274029
d
$1200
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
47
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
On adjustable seat models: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$300
• Steelcase vinyl
+$155
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$155
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Fixed-Height
Arms
Seat Depth
• 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$ 40
Specify with vest.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
48
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Full-Back Stools
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
d
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46271149
$1175
46271049
$ 950
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46272149
d
$1325
d
46272049
d
$1100
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
49
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base: plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
On adjustable seat models: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure seat pillow
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number.and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number.and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$125
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$ 50
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 17
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Fixed-Height
Arms
Seat Depth
• 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$40
Specify with vest.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
50
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Full-Back Stools
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
d
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
46273149
$1225
46273049
$1000
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
46274149
d
$1375
d
46274049
d
$1150
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
51
Pillowed Upholstery Packages
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Back and Seat
for Use on Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four back and four seat pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure back and seat
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Pillow packages
are sold in quantities
of four. To order individual
pillows, contact Customer
Service Parts.
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
cost
80
160
220
280
340
400
500
620
700
120
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$1000
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Coach leather (without pattern)
+$1600
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$ 400
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$
+$
50
68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix Y to the style number and
specify coach leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Back Pillows and 4 Seat Pillows
52
Full-Back
High-Back
462PSTFB $800
d
d
462PSTHB
d
$800
d
Seating Specification Guide
Pillowed Upholstery
Packages
for Use on Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four back pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure back
Tip: Pillow packages
are sold in quantities
of four. To order individual
pillows, contact Customer
Service Parts.
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 40
+$ 80
+$110
+$140
+$170
+$200
+$250
+$310
+$350
+$ 60
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$500
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$200
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$ 50
+$ 68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Back Pillows
Full-Back
462PFB
d
High-Back
$400
d
462PHB
d
$400
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
cPillowed Upholstery Packages, continued 53
Leap 462 Series
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Back
Pillowed Upholstery Packages, continued
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Seat
for Use on Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four seat pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure seat
Tip: Pillow packages
are sold in quantities
of four. To order individual
pillows, contact Customer
Service Parts.
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 40
+$ 80
+$110
+$140
+$170
+$200
+$250
+$310
+$350
+$ 60
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$500
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$200
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$ 50
+$ 68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Seat Pillows
462PST
d
$400
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
54
Seating Specification Guide
Vest Packages for Bare-Back
Vest Packages
for Bare-Back
for Use on Bare-Back Ribbon Backframe Chairs
Leap 462 Series
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four vests: 5056 Black only
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Vests
Full-Back
462VFB
d
High-Back
$160
d
462VHB
d
$160
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
55
Leap 462 Series Work Chairs
Arch Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or
Designtex Graded-In.
There is a $30 U.S.
upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-In
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics
with stitched edge detail on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• 3" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
Tip: The Designtex Environmental Impact collection
does not require an X suffix
unless the sewn upholstery
detail is desired.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected: black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic
On adjustable seat models: 3" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
56
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
d
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
4621110
$1028
4621100
$ 803
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
4621210
d
$1178
d
High-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4621200
d
$ 953
d
High-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
4621111
$1078
4621101
$ 853
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
4621211
d
$1228
d
4621201
d
$1003
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
57
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools
Arch Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 22
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or
Designtex Graded-In.
There is a $30 U.S.
upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
cDetailed dimensions,
page 26
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-In
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and foot ring
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather or vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
or Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection
fabrics with stitched edge detail
on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Rectilinear soft arm caps
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
–$125
–$ 85
Specify with rectilinear fixed soft arms.
Specify with rectilinear fixed upholstered
arms.
Independent
• Rectilinear upholstered arm caps
Height-, Width-,
and PivotAdjustable Arms
+$ 40
Specify with rectilinear height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable upholstered arms.
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Tip: The Designtex Environmental Impact collection
does not require an X suffix
unless the sewn upholstery
detail is desired.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
Rectilinear independent height-, width-, and pivotadjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected:
black plastic
Frame, seat shell, outer back, five-arm base, and foot
ring: plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
On adjustable seat models: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment
and seat edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Seat Depth
• 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment: available
on adjustable seat models only
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use
on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
58
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
Full-Back Stools
Leap 462 Series
Specification Information
Full-Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Full-Back
without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Adjustable Seat (No Seat Depth or Seat Edge Angle)
4627110
$1205
4627100
$ 980
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
4627210
d
$1355
d
4627200
d
$1130
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
59
60
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding and
Specifying Leap 464
Series WorkLounge
Work Chairs
Understanding Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
62
Dimensions
64
Specifying Criterion 464 Series WorkLounge
Work Chairs
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day
performing repetitive
tasks. By making a series
of simple adjustments, you
can customize the chair to
your body, preferences,
and tasks. These chairs
provide continuous, stable,
task-oriented comfort, and
can be quickly adjusted to
support you in upright, forward, and reclining work
postures.
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
Seating Specification Guide
WorkLounge and Ottoman
66
Coach Edition Leather WorkLounge and Ottoman
68
Adjustability Features
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Leap
464
Series
Mechanisms
Natural glide
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
•
Back Adjustments
Lower back firmness
Upper back tension
Variable back stop
Headrest with
flip-up pillow
•
•
•
•
61
Leap 464 Series
Details
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
WorkLounge—a chair
designed especially for
people who like to work in
a deep, reclined posture.
Headrest and flip-up
pillow provide neck and
head support.
Live back moves with the
shape of the user’s spine
as sitting positions change.
Fixed arms have extra
padding to provide forearm
support and comfort.
Outer back is fully
upholstered.
Ribbon backframe is
standard.
Lower back firmness
changes the amount of
firmness user feels in lower
back. Requires only two
complete turns.
Upper back force
requires only five complete
turns and accommodates a
broader range of users by
allowing user to change the
rate of increase in force as
the user reclines.
Variable back stop with
five positions is standard.
Seat height adjusts
within a 3" range with a
pneumatic adjustment
mechanism.
Ottoman quickly and
easily converts from a
footrest to an auxiliary
work table.
Work table, with top up, is
25"H from the floor.
Extra thick seat cushion provides extra comfort.
Five-arm base is standard with glides. 3" hard or
soft casters are available as
options.
Polished aluminum is
standard on ribbon backframe, arm supports, base,
and casters.
Footrest is cushioned and
upholstered. Footrest surface is 15"H from the floor.
Polished aluminum
is standard on post and
four-arm base.
Four-arm base is standard with two glides and two
hard, dual-wheel casters.
62
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
..
.
..
Adjustability instruc..
tions are included with
.
..
every chair and ottoman.
..
.
Controls under the
..
seat include tactile braille
..
designators.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Ottoman easily converts
.
.
between two positions. With .
.
the top up, it is a work table; .
.
with the top down it is a
..
footrest. Locking pivot mech- .
..
anism holds each position
..
in place.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Adjustment Features
.
Seat Adjustments
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
3" ..
..
..
..
.
..
.. Upper back force
. adjusts by turning knob
.. five complete turns. Turn
Seat height adjusts
.
pneumatically. To lower, .. knob forward to increase
hold handle up while seated. .. rate of tension; backward to
To raise, hold handle up and .. decrease. This feature is
. standard.
keep your weight off the
..
chair. This feature is stan.
dard. Range of adjustability ..
..
is 3" from 15"H–18"H with
.
standard glides and
..
17"H–20"H with optional
..
casters.
.
..
..
Back Adjustments
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
.. Variable back stop.
.. Rotate handle up or down to
. set recline angle. Lean back
..
.. to desired back angle. Five
. stops are available. This
.. feature is standard .
. Tip: To stop in upright posi..
.. tion, remove weight from
Lower back firmness
. back and rotate lever up.
adjusts by turning knob two ..
..
complete turns. Forward
.
increases firmness. Back..
ward decreases firmness.
..
This feature is standard.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Other Features
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
Flip-up pillow can be posi- ..
tioned for use on headrest or ..
placed over the backside of ..
..
headrest when not in use.
.
This feature is standard.
..
..
Glides are standard.
.
.
..
Casters are optional.
.
3" polished aluminum hard- ..
..
or soft-wheel casters are
.
available.
..
..
.
Surface Materials ..
.
cSee surface materials on ..
page 282 for specific avail- ..
ability or refer to the Surface ..
Materials Reference Manual ..
.
for further information.
..
..
Upholstery
.
..
• Designtex Wool
..
Suede Too
.
• Elmo Rustical Leather
..
• Coach Leather
..
.
..
Hard components
..
(Seat shell, glides,
.
and casters)
..
• 6205 Black
..
..
Polished aluminum
.
..
is standard on chair and
..
ottoman. Polished aluminum is applied to ribbon ..
.
backframe, arm supports,
.
base, and casters of chair. ..
Ottoman has polished alu- ..
..
minum on post and base.
.
..
..
Programs & Services .
..
cSee the Surface Materials .
..
Reference Manual for fur.
ther detail about programs .
..
and services offered for
..
seating.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
The Customer’s Own
.
.
Material (COM & COL) .
.
Program offers the opportu- .
.
nity for customers to select .
.
fabrics and leather that are .
.
not offered through the stan- .
..
dard Steelcase surface
.
materials program for use on .
.
Steelcase products. Avoid
..
pattern fabrics and heavily .
.
grained leathers. Through the .
.
COM & COL program, Steel- .
.
case will test your materials .
.
for application on Steelcase .
..
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
.
Steelcase will facilitate the .
.
entire ordering process and .
.
give you a production sched- .
.
ule. Steelcase will order the .
.
COM & COL fabric and
.
.
leather directly from the tex- .
.
tile manufacturer. For up-to- .
.
date information regarding
..
fabric test results for all COM .
..
& COL fabrics and details
.
regarding yardage require- .
.
ments for most Seating lines, .
.
visit the COM Web site. To .
..
locate the COM Web site:
.
• Visit www.steelcase.com .
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
..
..
Dimensions
.
..
cPage 64
..
.
..
Resources
..
.
Printed Materials
..
cLeap WorkLounge and
..
Ottoman Brochure
.
..
(S11526)
.
cLeap WorkLounge
..
Hangtag (LP-00052)
..
cLeap WorkLounge
.
..
Ottoman Hangtag
..
(LP-00054)
.
cLeap Brochure (S11478)
..
cWhy Leap (S11014)
.
cLeap Overview Positioning ..
..
Piece (S11016)
..
cLeap White Paper
.
Packets (S11019)
..
cLeap Quick Reference
..
Pocket Card (S11042)
.
..
cLeap User Guide
..
(S11236)
.
cSeating Overview
..
(03-0003368)
..
.
..
Computer Tools
..
cElectronic User Disk
.
(S2305)—Windows
.
cLeap CD-ROM (S11015) ..
..
cwww.steelcase.com
..
.
63
Leap 464 Series
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Dimensions
Leap 464 Series
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
431⁄ 2" to 461⁄ 2"
with glides
451⁄ 2" to 481⁄ 2"
with casters
213⁄ 4"
181⁄ 2"
20"
15" to 18"
with glides
17" to 20"
with casters
201⁄ 2"
30"
15"
N.A.
N.A.
163⁄ 4"
15"
N.A.
N.A..
Width
Height
261⁄ 2"
311⁄ 2"
19"
181⁄ 2"
Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
Ottoman
Overall width
311/2"W
Back width
201/2"W
Overall depth
261/2"
Width between
arms
18"W
Seat height
15"H to 18"H with glides
17"H to 20"H with casters
Arm to floor
221/2"H
Overall height
431/2"H to 461/2"H with glides
451/2"H to 481/2"H with casters
Seat-to-back angle
99° to 125°
Seat width
20"W
64
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DLumbar
dFlex
dZone
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
DTable
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
18"
221⁄ 2"
81⁄ 4"
99°–125°
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
25"
WorkLounge
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Ottoman
Leap 464 Series
N.A.
Overall height
15"H
Seat height from floor
15"H
Seat width
163/4"W
Overall width
181/2"W
Overall depth
19"W
Overall width
181/2"W
Overall height
25"H
Overall depth
19"W
Seating Specification Guide
65
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge and Ottoman
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 62
Options
Surface
Materials
Casters
Required to Specify
• Fully upholstered back, seat, arms, headrest,
and flip-up pillow: Designtex Wool Suede Too
• Upper back force
• Variable back stop
• Lower back firmness
• Fixed, non-adjustable arms
• 3" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
• Seat and back components: black plastic only
• Ribbon backframe, arm supports and five-arm base:
polished aluminum only
• Glides: black with stainless steel inserts.
U.S. Price
• Designtex Wool Suede Too
No cost
• Elmo Rustical leather
+$550
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 30
+$ 30
• 3" hard-composition, dual+$ 55
wheel casters for use on carpet:
polished aluminum and black
• 3" soft, dual-wheel casters
+$ 55
for use on hard floors:
polished aluminum and black
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number for upholstery on
back, seat, arms, headrest, and flip-up
pillow
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify with 59DG and fabric color
number.
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specify with 59DK and leather color
number.
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify with hard casters.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
464LOUNGE $2350
d
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 64
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
66
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge and Ottoman
Leap 464 Series Ottoman
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 62
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
• Designtex Wool Suede Too
No cost
• Elmo Rustical leather
+$125
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 30
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number for upholstery
on footrest
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify with 59DG and fabric color
number.
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specify with 59DK and leather color
number.
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
464OTTOMAN
d
$700
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 64
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
67
Leap 464 Series
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
Upholstery on footrest: Designtex Wool Suede Too
Work table and footrest shell: black plastic only
Post and four-arm base: polished aluminum
Two glides: black with stainless steel inserts
Two 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel
casters: black
Leap 464 Series Coach Edition Leather WorkLounge
and Ottoman
Leap 464 Series Coach Edition Leather WorkLounge
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 62
Options
Casters
Required to Specify
• Fully upholstered back, seat, lumbar pillow, arms,
headrest, and flip-up pillow: Coach leather
• Upper back force
• Variable back stop
• Lower back firmness
• Fixed, non-adjustable arms
• 3" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
• Seat and back components: black plastic only
• Ribbon backframe, arm supports and five-arm base:
polished aluminum only
• Glides: black with stainless steel inserts.
• Coach Edition lumbar pillow
U.S. Price
• 3" hard-composition, dual+$55
wheel casters for use on carpet:
polished aluminum and black
• 3" soft, dual-wheel casters
+$55
for use on hard floors:
polished aluminum and black
1 Style number
2 Coach leather color number for
upholstery on back, seat, lumbar pillow,
arms, headrest, and flip-up pillow (with
matching or contrasting thread stitching)
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify with hard casters.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
464COACHL
d
$3600
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 64
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
68
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 464 Series
Coach Edition Leather
WorkLounge and Ottoman
Leap 464 Series Coach Edition Leather Ottoman
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 62
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery on footrest: Coach leather
Work table and footrest shell: black plastic only
Post and four-arm base: polished aluminum
Two glides: black with stainless steel inserts
Two 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel
casters: black
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Coach leather color number for
upholstery on footrest (with matching or
contrasting thread stitching)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DU.S.
dPrice
d
464COACHO
d
$900
d
Leap 464 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 64
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
69
70
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Criterion 453 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Criterion 453 Series
Details
72
Dimensions
76
Specifying Criterion 453 Series
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day performing repetitive tasks. By
making a series of simple
adjustments, you can customize the chair to your
body, preferences, and tasks.
These chairs provide continuous, stable, task-oriented
comfort, and can be quickly
adjusted to support you in
upright, forward, and reclining work postures.
80
High-Back Stools
82
Mid-Back Stools
84
Plus High-Back Work Chairs
86
Adjustability Features
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Criterion
Criterion
Plus
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mechanisms
Advanced swivel tilt
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat angle
Seat depth
Back Adjustments
Lumbar height
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
78
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Back tension
Variable back stop
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upright back lock
Back height
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
Other Features
Foot ring height on stool
Seating Specification Guide
•
71
Criterion 453 Series
Work Chairs
High-Back Work Chairs
Criterion 453 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Criterion is a high-performance chair, ideal for users
who sit for long periods of time.
As one of the world’s bestselling chairs with a broad
range of adjustments,
Criterion meets the long-term
comfort needs of today’s
diverse workforce.
Outer back and outer
seat is plastic. Fully
upholstered outer back is
an option.
Arm height adjusts
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper
back and shoulder fatigue.
Arm width adjusts
within a 4" range for each
arm to provide forearm
support in neutral position
for 5th to 95th percentile
office workers.
Arm caps can pivot
independently 14° in and
21° out to accommodate
individual user preferences.
Back height adjusts up
and down within a 2" range
to help ensure healthful
back posture.
Seat depth adjusts
within a 3" range and is
available as an option.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range with a
pneumatic adjustment
mechanism.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Variable back stop is
standard.
Seat angle adjusts
forward, upright, and
reclined to suit user. Seat
angle is standard.
Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly on
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
casters are available for use
on hard floors or chair mats.
72
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Criterion 453 Series
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Three basic sizes are
..
available—high-back,
..
mid-back, and Plus. All are
.
..
offered with and without
..
arms. High-back and mid..
back are also available as
..
stools.
.
..
Criterion features a seat
..
angle adjustment which
.
.
allows the seat angle to
..
function in a fixed or articu..
lating mode. Variable back
.
stop will lock the back in an .
.
upright position or allow the .
.
.
user to set a specific back
.
stop position which the chair .
..
will recline to.
.
..
.
Criterion Plus has an
.
upright back lock and offers .
.
..
a wider seat with more
..
space between the arms
.
to accommodate workers
..
who need a larger chair.
..
The Criterion Plus chair is
.
tested to hold up to 500 lbs. .
.
..
under normal use.
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Adjustment Features
.. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
5"
..
..
.
..
.. Back tension adjusts
. by turning knob. Turn knob
.. clockwise to increase ten.. sion, counterclockwise
. to decrease. This feature
..
Seat height adjusts
pneumatically. To lower, .. is standard.
hold handle up while seated. ..
To raise, hold handle up and ..
.
keep your weight off the
.
chair. Range of adjustability ..
..
is 5" from 16"H to 21"H.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.. Variable back stop.
. Hold switch forward to
..
.. recline. Lean back to desired
. back angle. Release switch
.. to set tilt range.
.. Tip: To lock in upright posiSeat angle adjusts
. tion, remove weight from
..
by pulling handle up and
.. back and release switch.
shifting your weight to alter
seat angle. Release handle ..
.
to lock. This feature is
..
2"
standard.
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
2"
1"
.
..
..
.
Seat depth adjusts by
.
pulling handle up. Slide seat ..
.. Back height adjusts
forward or back to accommodate various leg lengths. .. within a 2" range by pulling
Release handle to lock. This .. handle forward while moving
. chair back up or down.
feature is optional.
..
.. Release handle to lock chair
. back in position. This feature
.. is standard.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Arm Adjustments
Arms are available fixed,
height-adjustable, heightand width-adjustable, and
height-, width-, and pivotadjustable.
4"
Arm height adjusts
independently within a range
of 4" on all adjustable arm
models. Squeeze triggers in
while moving arms up or
down. Releasing triggers
locks arms in position.
4"
4"
Arm width adjusts independently on chairs with the
height- and width-adjustable
option. Grasp arm and move
in or out. Arm will stay where
positioned.
Arms pivot independently
on models with height-,
width-, and pivot-adjustable
arms. Grasp arm and push
front to left or right. Pivot
adjustment width range is
103⁄4" to 181⁄4".
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
Other Features
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
4"
..
..
..
Foot ring height on
..
stools adjusts by first lifting
..
ring and rotating it counter.
clockwise to unlock it. Then .
.
raise or lower ring up to 4" to .
.
desired position before rotat- .
.
ing it clockwise to lock it.
..
.
..
Alternative casters
..
and glides are available
.
for specific applications,
.
.
including soft-wheel casters .
..
for hard floors.
.
..
Glides are 2"H and inter..
changeable with casters.
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
cCriterion 453 Series, continued 73
Criterion 453 Series
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Criterion 453 Series, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Vinyl
Hard components
(base, arms, plastic arm
caps, outer back, outer seat,
and foot ring)
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers will apply to all
hard components.
Outer back and outer
seat
• Plastic color to match
color of other “hard
components”
• Fully upholstered outer
back with plastic color
outer seat
Arms
• Soft vinyl arm caps to
match the plastic color
of the other “hard
components”
• Upholstered arm caps
Foot ring on stools
• Plastic color to match
other “hard components”
• 9201 Polished Chrome
Glides
• Stainless steel only
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
74
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
available on all other seating .
.. cPage 76
fabrics at an additional $17
.
U.S. per seating unit. To order .
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
.
under “Optional Accessories.” .
..
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
.
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
..
tion.
..
.
Extended lead times may be .
..
necessary for this service.
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
.
1.888.STEELCASE
.
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290 for
.
.
upholstery fabrics available .
.
for use with FCS modification. .
.
..
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
.
in the nation have been
..
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
..
tion is designed to meet
..
those codes. Fire Code
.
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
.
a product is constructed to
..
meet the strict fire code
..
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
..
theaters, meeting rooms,
.
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
..
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
..
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
.
Boston adopted the
..
California Home Furnishing .
..
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
..
.
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
..
upholstery.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
Printed Materials
cCriterion Brochure
(S11524)
cCriterion Plus
Sheet (S2396)
cCriterion Testimonial
Sheet (S10846)
cSeating Overview
(03-0003368)
Video and Audio
Materials
cCriterion User Video
(S70427)
Computer Tools
cInteractive User Guide
available on
www.steelcase.com
cElectronic User Disk
(S2305)—Windows
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Criterion 453 Series
Criterion 453 Series
Seating Specification Guide
75
Dimensions
Criterion 453 Series
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
d
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
d
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
d
d
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
d
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
d
d
d
DBack
dWidth
d
d
d
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
d
d
*
191⁄ 2"
16"–21"
18"
22"–24"
*
191⁄ 2"
16"–21"
18"
191⁄ 2"–211⁄ 2"
*
191⁄ 2"
25"–30"
18"
22"–24"
161⁄ 4"
*
191⁄ 2"
25"–30"
18"
191⁄ 2"–211⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
23"
17"–22"
22"
23"–25"
Width
Height
271⁄ 2"
371⁄ 2"–441⁄ 2" 191⁄2"
161⁄ 4"
271⁄ 2"
34"–41"
191⁄2"
161⁄ 4"
271⁄ 2"
46"–53"
191⁄2"
161⁄ 4"
271⁄ 2"
43"–50"
191⁄2"
38"–45"
193⁄4"
Criterion 453 Series
High-Back Work Chairs
221⁄ 2"–251⁄ 2"
Mid-Back Work Chairs
221⁄ 2"–251⁄ 2"
High-Back Stools
221⁄ 2"–251⁄ 2"
Mid-Back Stools
221⁄ 2"–251⁄ 2"
Plus High-Back Work Chairs
221⁄ 2"–251⁄ 2"
*
311⁄ 2"
Models with adjustable seat depth 151⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4".
Overall width
271/2"W: Criterion
311/2"W: Criterion Plus
Back width
18"W: Criterion
22"W: Criterion Plus
Overall depth
221/2"D to 251/2"D
Seat-to-back angle
97° to 113°
Seat pan angle
–3° to 8°
Seat height
16"H to 21"H: High back
and mid back
25"H to 30"H: Stool
17"H to 22"H: Criterion Plus
Overall height
34"H to 41"H: Mid-back chair
371/2"H to 441/2"H: High-back chair
43"H to 50"H: Mid-back stool
46"H to 53"H: High-back stool
38"H to 45"H: Criterion Plus
Arm to floor
241/2"H to 291/2"H: Chair with T-arms
23"H to 32"H: Chair with height-adjustable arms
321/2"H to 371/2"H: Stool with T-arms
31"H to 40"H: Stool with height-adjustable arms
241/2"H to 331/2"H: Criterion Plus
Width between
arms
20"W: Fixed and
height-adjustable
arms
12"W to 20"W:
Width-adjustable arms
103/4"W to 181/4"W:
Height-,
width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms
151/2"W to 231/2"W:
Criterion Plus
Seat width
191/2"W: Criterion
23"W: Criterion Plus
76
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
d
d
d
DWidth
dBetween
dFixed-Height
dand
dAdjustabledHeight
dArms
DWidth
dBetween
dHeight- and
dWidthdAdjustable
dArms
d
DWidth
dBetween
dHeight-,
dWidth-, and
dPivotdAdjustable
dArms
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
d
d
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
d
d
DArm Cap
dPivot
dRange
d
d
d
d
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
d
d
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
d
d
d
DFoot
dRing
dWidth
d
d
d
d
DFoot
dRing
dHeight
d
d
d
d
12"–20"
103⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
23"–32"
7"–11"
35°
-3°–+8°
97°–113°
N.A.
N.A.
12"–20"
103⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
23"–32"
7"–11"
35°
-3°–+8°
97°–113°
N.A.
N.A.
12"–20"
103⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
31"–40"
7"–11"
35°
-3°–+8°
97°–113°
191⁄ 2"
9"–13"
12"–20"
103⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
31"–40"
7"–11"
35°
-3°–+8°
97°–113°
191⁄ 2"
9"–13"
N.A.
241⁄ 2"–331⁄ 2"
71⁄ 2"–111⁄ 2"
N.A.
-3°–+8°
97°–113°
N.A.
N.A.
High-Back Work Chairs
8"
20"
Mid-Back Work Chairs
8"
20"
High-Back Stools
8"
20"
Mid-Back Stools
8"
20"
Plus High-Back Work Chairs
9"
231⁄ 2"
151⁄ 2"–231⁄ 2"
Criterion 453 Series
Seating Specification Guide
77
Criterion 453 Series High-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 72
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Criterion seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
only on models with both
adjustable seat depth
(D suffix) and 6205 Black
plastic components.
cSee pages 289–290 for
upholstery fabric choices.
•
•
Required to Specify
Back height adjustment
Seat angle adjustment
Variable back stop
Back tension adjustment
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
Required to Specify
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Seating vinyl
Not available on upholstered
outer back or upholstered arm
cap models.
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Fully upholstered
• Outer back
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 35
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix V to the style number and
specify seating vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 50
Add suffix B to the style number.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Glides
• Plastic glide with
stainless steel cap
No cost
Specify with GLD453.
Specification Information
Height-, Width-, and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 76
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4535331P
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
78
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
$909
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535331DP
d
$984
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
Seating Specification Guide
Criterion 453 Series
High-Back Work Chairs
cSpecification Information, continued
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Height-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Fixed-Height Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4535331W
$ 949
4535331H
$859
4535331
$799
4535331DH
d
$934
d
4535331D
d
$874
d
4535311H
$909
4535311
$849
4535311DH
d
$984
d
4535311D
d
$924
d
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535331DW
d
$1024
d
Criterion 453 Series
Upholstered Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4535311W
$ 999
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535311DW
d
$1074
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4535301
$ 684
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535301D
d
$ 759
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
79
Criterion 453 Series Mid-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 72
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Criterion seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
only on models with both
adjustable seat depth
(D suffix) and 6205 Black
plastic components.
cSee pages 289–290 for
upholstery fabric choices.
•
•
Required to Specify
Back height adjustment
Seat angle adjustment
Variable back stop
Back tension adjustment
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
Required to Specify
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Seating vinyl
Not available on upholstered
outer back or upholstered arm
cap models.
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Fully upholstered
• Outer back
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 35
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix V to the style number and
specify seating vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 50
Add suffix B to the style number.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Glides
• Plastic glide with
stainless steel cap
No cost
Specify with GLD453.
Specification Information
Height-, Width-, and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 76
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4535330P
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
$865
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535330DP
d
$940
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
80
Seating Specification Guide
Criterion 453 Series
Mid-Back Work Chairs
cSpecification Information, continued
Specification Information
Height- and Width
Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Height-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Fixed-Height Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4535330W
$ 905
4535330H
$815
4535330
$755
4535330DH
d
$890
d
4535330D
d
$830
d
4535310H
$865
4535310
$805
4535310DH
d
$940
d
4535310D
d
$880
d
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535330DW
d
$ 980
d
Upholstered Arm Caps
Criterion 453 Series
Pneumatic
4535310W
$ 955
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535310DW
d
$1030
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4535300
$ 640
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4535300D
d
$ 715
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
81
Criterion 453 Series High-Back Stools
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 72
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Criterion seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
only on models with both
adjustable seat depth
(D suffix) and 6205 Black
plastic components.
cSee pages 289–290 for
upholstery fabric choices.
•
•
Required to Specify
Back height adjustment
Seat angle adjustment
Variable back stop
Back tension adjustment
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
Foot ring: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, foot ring,
outer back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
Required to Specify
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Seating vinyl
Not available on upholstered
outer back or upholstered arm
cap models.
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Fully upholstered
• Outer back
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 35
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
+$ 50
Height-adjustable foot ring
• Polished Chrome foot ring
+$ 29
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix V to the style number and
specify seating vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Add suffix B to the style number.
Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome
foot ring.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Glides
• Plastic glide with
stainless steel cap
No cost
Specify with GLD453.
Specification Information
Height-, Width-, and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
cDetailed dimensions,
page 76
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
82
4537331P
$1096
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537331DP
d
$1171
d
Seating Specification Guide
Criterion 453 Series
High-Back Stools
cSpecification Information, continued
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Height-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Fixed-Height Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4537331W
$1136
4537331H
$1046
4537331
$ 986
4537331DH
d
$1121
d
4537331D
d
$1061
d
4537311H
$1096
4537311
$1036
4537311DH
d
$1171
d
4537311D
d
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537331DW
d
$1211
d
Criterion 453 Series
Upholstered Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4537311W
$1186
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537311DW
d
$1261
d
$1111
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4537301
$ 871
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537301D
d
$ 946
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
83
Criterion 453 Series Mid-Back Stools
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 72
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Criterion seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
only on models with both
adjustable seat depth
(D suffix) and 6205 Black
plastic components.
cSee pages 289–290 for
upholstery fabric choices.
•
•
Required to Specify
Back height adjustment
Seat angle adjustment
Variable back stop
Back tension adjustment
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
Foot ring: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, foot ring,
outer back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
Required to Specify
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Seating vinyl
Not available on upholstered
outer back or upholstered arm
cap models.
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Fully upholstered
• Outer back
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 35
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
+$ 50
Height-adjustable foot ring
• Polished Chrome foot ring
+$ 29
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix V to the style number and
specify seating vinyl color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Add suffix B to the style number.
Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome
foot ring.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Glides
• Plastic glide with
stainless steel cap
No cost
Specify with GLD453.
Specification Information
Height-, Width-, and Pivot-Adjustable Arms
cDetailed dimensions,
page 76
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
84
4537330P
$1052
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537330DP
d
$1127
d
Seating Specification Guide
Criterion 453 Series
Mid-Back Stools
cSpecification Information, continued
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Height-Adjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Fixed-Height Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4537330W
$1092
4537330H
$1002
4537330
$ 942
4537330DH
d
$1077
d
4537330D
d
$1017
d
4537310H
$1052
4537310
$ 992
4537310DH
d
$1127
d
4537310D
d
$1067
d
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537330DW
d
$1167
d
Criterion 453 Series
Upholstered Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4537310W
$1142
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537310DW
d
$1217
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4537300
$ 827
Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth
4537300D
d
$ 902
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
85
Criterion Plus 453 Series High-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 72
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Criterion Plus is available with a fully-upholstered
outer back only.
Tip: The Criterion Plus
models are not available
with vinyl upholstery.
Surface
Materials
Tip: Height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms are
not available on Criterion
Plus.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Casters
Required to Specify
Back height adjustment
Seat angle adjustment
Manual seat depth adjustment
Back tension adjustment
Upright back lock
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Outer back: upholstery
Outer seat: plastic color
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer seat,
arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify leather color number.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather upholstery
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$266
+$ 50
+$ 17
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 76
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
86
Seating Specification Guide
Criterion Plus 453 Series
High-Back Work Chairs
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Height-Adjustable Arms
Fixed-Height Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
dPrice
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4539331BH
d
$1476
d
4539331B
d
$1416
d
4539311BH
d
$1526
d
4539311B
d
$1466
d
Soft Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4539331BW
d
$1526
d
Upholstered Arm Caps
Pneumatic
$1576
d
Criterion 453 Series
4539311BW
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4539301B
d
$1301
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
87
88
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Think 465 Series
Details
90
Dimensions
94
Specifying Think 465 Series
Design Packages
3D Knit on Back with Vibe Standard Upholstery
on Seat
96
3D Knit on Back with Vibe Sewn Upholstery
on Seat
97
Work Chairs with Arms
3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat
98
3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat
100
Standard Upholstery
102
Sewn Upholstery
104
Work Chairs, Armless
Work Chairs
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Mechanisms
Your Power™
3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat
106
3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat
108
Standard Upholstery
110
Sewn Upholstery
112
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat edge flex
Seat depth
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Lumbar height
•
Arm Adjustments
Arm depth
Arm height
Arm pivot
•
•
•
Other Features
Soft-wheel casters
Seating Specification Guide
Think
465
Series
•
89
Think 465 Series
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day
performing repetitive
tasks. By making a series
of simple adjustments, you
can customize the chair to
your body, preferences,
and tasks. These chairs
provide continuous, stable,
task-oriented comfort, and
can be quickly adjusted to
support you in upright, forward, and reclining work
postures.
Adjustability Features
Think 465 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Think—the chair with a
brain and a conscience.
Back frame and seat
shell are plastic.
Arm caps can pivot
independently 30° in and
15° out to accommodate
individual user preferences.
Lumbar height adjusts
over 5" to provide additional
lower back support and is
available as an option.
Your Preference
back control provides
four settings for the user’s
personal preference and
work style.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range with a
pneumatic adjustment mechanism. A 4" range is available as an option.
Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly
on carpets. They are 21⁄ 2"
for increased mobility. Soft,
dual-wheel casters are
available as an option for
use on hard floors or chair
mats
90
hWidt arms
ble
a
t
s
adju ure will
feat
ble
vaila
be a 005.
2
in
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Arm height can adjust .
.
..
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper .
.
back and shoulder fatigue. .
..
..
Arm depth can retract ..
..
3" to allow user to get
..
closer to the worksurface.
.
..
..
Seat edge flex naturally ..
..
tilts to relieve pressure
.
under the user’s thighs.
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seat depth adjusts
.
within a 3" range to accom- .
.
modate users of varying leg .
.
..
lengths.
.
..
Five-arm base is avail..
able in plastic or polished
.
aluminum.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Product Details
Your Profile™ seat and
back have flexors that
dynamically and independently follow the movements of the user.
Your Power™ mechanism is weight-activated,
with a natural fluid motion
that keeps users oriented to
their work.
Your Preference™ back
control has four settings
that allow for the user’s personal preference and work
style.
Chairs are available without arms, with fixed arms,
or with height-depth and
pivot-adjustable arms.
Two design packages
are available for the Think
chair—one highly adjustable package and the other
with limited adjustability.
3D Knit is on the back and
Designtex Vibe is on the
seat. Plastic color choice for
frame, seat shell, and base
may be specified.
Adjustability instructions are included with
every chair.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Adjustment Features
..
. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
..
..
.
..
..
51/2"
.
..
5"
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.. Lumbar height adjusts
.. 51⁄ 2" (3" to 81⁄ 2"" from seat)
. by grabbing exposed tabs
Seat height adjusts
..
pneumatically. To lower, . and sliding the lumbar sup.
hold handle up while seated. . port up or down. Available
.
To raise, hold handle up and . as an option on work chairs.
..
keep your weight off the
.
chair. Standard range of
..
adjustability is 5" from 16"H .
..
to 21"H. A 4" range of
.
adjustability (15"H to 19"H) .
.
is available as an option.
..
.
Seat edge flexes out of ..
..
the way relieving pressure
Boosted
.. Weightunder the user’s thighs.
activated
setting
.
The combination of seat
.. setting
flexors with a passive front .
..
seat edge flex helps properly support the angle of the ..
user’s leg and thigh without ..
..
compromising pelvic
.
support.
..
..
.
..
Upright
.. Mid-stop
setting
. recline
.. setting
..
. Your Preference™
.. control has four settings:
3"
.. (1) weight-activated setting;
. (2) boosted setting that has
..
. approximately 20% more
.. resistance than your body
.. is providing; (3) mid-stop
. recline setting; and (4) an
..
.. upright setting.
Seat depth adjusts 3"
(15"–18") by pulling handle .
..
up. Slide seat forward or
.
back to accommodate vari- .
.
..
ous leg lengths. Release
..
handle to lock.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
4"
21/2"
Headrest (option)
adjusts 4" vertically and
21⁄ 2" horizontally (front to
back) to support the head
and neck of the user in
both upright and recline
postures. Whether ordered
initially or at a later date,
the headrest ships in its
own carton and must be
field-installed.
Arm Adjustments
Height-, pivot-, and
depth-adjustable arms
come standard on all arm
models of chairs. Fixed arms
are an option. Also available
armless.
4"
Arm height adjusts
independently within a range
of 4" (7"–11" from the seat).
Push button on outside and
under arm cap in while
moving arms up or down.
Releasing buttons locks
arms in position.
3"
Arm depth adjusts by
sliding armcaps back 3" and
locking them into position.
The spring-loaded mechanism allows for simple and
easy armcap retrieval. Armcaps adjust independently
within a 3" range.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
30°
.
..
15°
..
.
.
Arms pivot independently .
..
within a 45° range, 30° in
.
and 15° out.
..
Tip: Arms may be tool..
adjusted inward 1" to
.
..
accommodate the user’s
..
preference.
..
..
Other Features
.
Soft-wheel casters for ..
..
hard floors are available
.
for specific applications.
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
cThink 465 Series, continued 91
Think 465 Series
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
Think 465 Series, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• 3D Knit (back only)
• Leather
• Vinyl
Hard components
(frame, seat shell, base,
and arm uprights)
• 6205 Black
• 6694 Slate
Polished aluminum
base is standard on some
models.
Foundation
fabric
Plastic
seat shell
On standard-upholstery,
the foundation fabric (which
is a default of the specified
plastic color) is partially visible on the sides of the seat
and back cushions.
92
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Plastic
seat shell
On sewn-upholstery,
the upholstery specified on
the seat and back is also
found on the sides of the
seat and back cushions with
a boxed stitch detail.
Leather and vinyl require
sewn upholstery. Fabric can
be specified with standard
or sewn upholstery.
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation Voluntary Upholstered Furniture Flammability Standard,
as well as the State of California Technical Bulletin
117. All standard seating is
labeled to be in compliance
with California TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
cSee the Surface Materials
Reference Manual for further detail about programs
and services offered for
seating.
The Customer’s Own
Material (COM) Program
offers the opportunity for
customers to select fabrics
that are not offered through
the standard Steelcase surface materials program for
use on Steelcase products.
Through the COM program,
Steelcase will test your
materials for application on
Steelcase products. Once
approved, you can place
your order. Steelcase will
facilitate the entire ordering
process and give you a production schedule. Steelcase
will order the COM fabric
directly from the textile manufacturer. For up-to-date
information regarding fabric
test results for all COM fabrics and details regarding
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the
COM Web site. To locate the
COM Web site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com
• Click on “Knowledge &
Design”
• Select “Customer’s Own
Material”
Soil retardants are treatments that provide long-term
soil and stain resistance
to a fabric without affecting
the shade or the integrity
of the fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are available pre-treated with soil
retardant. (You do not need
to select the soil-retardant
option for these fabrics and
incur the $17 upcharge.)
• Canzoné
• Cavalcade
• Jacks
• Link
• Regis
• Rook
• Roulette
• Skittles
• Spyder
• Sweepstakes
Soil-retardant treatment is
available on all other seating
fabrics at an additional
$17 U.S. per seating unit.
To order this option, please
select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under “Optional
Accessories.”
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
Extended lead times may be .
..
necessary for this service.
..
.
Contact your Steelcase
..
Sales Service representative .
..
at 1.888.STEELCASE
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
..
for upholstery fabrics avail- .
.
able for use with FCS
..
modification.
..
.
.
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
.
Seating modification (FCS) .
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
..
in the nation have been
.
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifi..
cation is designed to meet
..
those codes. Fire Code
.
.
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
.
a product is constructed to .
.
meet the strict fire code
..
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
.
theaters, meeting rooms, and .
.
lobbies. The FCS standards .
.
will meet both the State of
..
California Home Furnishing .
.
Technical Bulletin 133 (Cal .
..
TB 133) and Boston Fire
.
Code (BFC). Boston adopted .
.
the California Home Furnish- .
.
ing Technical Bulletin TB 133 .
.
test standard in 1992.
..
..
FCS testing for the
.
..
Think chairs is in
..
process. Results will
.
be published in the
..
next release.
..
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
.
upholstery.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
For soil-retardant treatment
on COMs, please select
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” Minimums or additional yardage may be
required. Please contact the
vendor directly for specific
information.
Dimensions
cPage 94
Resources
Printed Materials
cThink Product Brochure
(04-0011844)
cThink Environmental
Brochure (04-0011852)
cThink Environmental
Product Declaration (EPD)
(04-0012421) (PDF only)
cThink Pocket Sales Card
(04-0011847)
cThink Customer
Powerpoint (Slides/Script)
(04-0011848)
cThink Hang Tag
(04-0011853)
cSeating Sales & Dealer
Guide (update)
(03-0003909)
cThink National Ad Reprint
(04-0011856)
Audiovisual Materials
cThink Design Story–Video
(04-0011845)
cThink Design Story–DVD
(04-0011846)
cThink Model Sales
Presentation–DVD
(04-0012577)
cThink Model Sales
Presentation–VHS
(04-0012578)
cThink Model Sales
Presentation–audio CD
(04-0012579)
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Think 465 Series
Think 465 Series
Seating Specification Guide
93
Dimensions
Think 465 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
d
Width
Height
243⁄4"
383⁄4" to
433⁄4"
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
d
DBack
dWidth
d
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
DLumbar
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
Think 465 Series
Arms
22" to 25"
18"
15" to 18"
191⁄ 4"
16" to 21"
(15" to 19"
optional)
223⁄4"
19"
3" to 81⁄ 2"
*Arms may be tool-adjusted inward 1" to accommodate the user’s preference.
Overall width
243/4"
Back width
19"W
Overall depth
22"D to 25"D
Width between
arms
141/4"W to 201/4"W
Seat depth
18"D
Seat-to-back angle
95° to 117°
Lumbar height
from seat
Seat height
16"H to 21"H
15"H to 19"H (optional)
Arm to floor
22"H to 32"H
Overall height
383/4"H to 433/4"H
3"H to 81/2"H
Seat width
191/4"W
94
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DWidth
dBetween
dAdjustable
dArms
d
141⁄4" to 201⁄4"
DWidth
dBetween
dFixed
dArms
d
193⁄4"*
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
d
22" to 32"
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
7" to 11"
DArm
dHeight
dfrom Seat
dfor Fixed
dArms
9"
DArm Cap
dPivot
dRange
d
d
45°
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
d
95° to 117°
DWeight
d
d
d
d
32
DHeadrest
dHeight
dAdjustment
dRange
d
4"
DHeadrest
dDepth
dAdjustment
dRange
d
21⁄ 2"
*Arms may be tool-adjusted inward 1" to accommodate the user’s preference.
Think 465 Series
Seating Specification Guide
95
Think 465 Series Design Package Work Chairs
with Arms
3D Knit on Back with Vibe Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base: plastic
3" seat depth adjustment
Height, pivot, depth-adjustable arms
3D Knit on back and Designtex Vibe on seat
Standard upholstery design on seat
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
• 5" lumbar height adjustment
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
465THINKS4U
d
$950
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
96
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series Design Package Work Chairs
Think 465 Series Design
Package Work Chairs
with Arms
3D Knit on Back with Vibe Sewn Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame and seat shell: plastic
Polished Aluminum base
3" seat depth adjustment
Fixed arms
3D Knit on back and Designtex Vibe on seat
Sewn upholstery design on seat
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame and seat shell
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
465THINK
d
$950
d
Think 465 Series
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
97
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
with Arms
3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
Required to Specify
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Height, pivot, depth-adjustable arms
3D Knit on back
Standard upholstery design on seat:
fabric price group 1
• 21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Arms
• Fixed arms
–$100
Specify with fixed arms.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46513101
d
$920
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
46513100
d
$920
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
98
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
cSpecification Information continued from previous page
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46513111
d
$1070
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46513110
d
$1070
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46523101
d
$1020
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$1020
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46523100
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46523111
d
$1170
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46523110
d
$1170
d
99
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
with Arms
3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Height, pivot, depth-adjustable arms
3D Knit on back
Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Steelcase leather upholstery
Customer’s Own Material (COM),
Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), or
Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No cost
+$ 10
+$ 20
+$ 28
+$ 35
+$ 43
+$ 50
+$ 63
+$ 78
+$ 88
+$140
+$ 15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
+$ 17
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Arms
• Fixed arms
–$100
Specify with fixed arms.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46512101
d
$950
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
46512100
d
$950
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
100
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46512111
d
$1100
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46512110
d
$1100
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46522101
d
$1050
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$1050
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46522100
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46522111
d
$1200
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46522110
d
$1200
d
101
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
with Arms
Standard Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Height, pivot, depth-adjustable arms
Standard upholsery design: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Arms
• Fixed arms
–$100
Specify with fixed arms.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46510101
d
$880
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
46510100
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
$880
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
102
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46510111
d
$1030
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46510110
d
$1030
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46520101
d
$ 980
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$ 980
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46520100
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46520111
d
$1130
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46520110
d
$1130
d
103
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
with Arms
Sewn Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Height, pivot, depth-adjustable arms
Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
Surface
Materials
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Steelcase leather upholstery
Customer’s Own Material (COM),
Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), or
Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$275
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,
outer back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
+$ 17
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Arms
• Fixed arms
–$100
Specify with fixed arms.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46511101
d
$940
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
46511100
d
$940
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
104
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46511111
d
$1090
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46511110
d
$1090
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46521101
d
$1040
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$1040
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46521100
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46521111
d
$1190
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46521110
d
$1190
d
105
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
Armless
3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
Required to Specify
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
3D Knit on back
Standard upholstery design on seat:
fabric price group 1
• 21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No cost
+$10
+$20
+$28
+$35
+$43
+$50
+$63
+$78
+$88
+$15
+$17
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
No cost
+$18
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46513001
d
$720
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
46513000
d
$720
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
106
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46513011
d
$870
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46513010
d
$870
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46523001
d
$820
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$820
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46523000
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46523011
d
$970
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46523010
d
$970
d
107
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
Armless
3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
3D Knit on back
Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
Surface
Materials
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Steelcase leather upholstery
Customer’s Own Material (COM),
Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), or
Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No cost
+$ 10
+$ 20
+$ 28
+$ 35
+$ 43
+$ 50
+$ 63
+$ 78
+$ 88
+$140
+$ 15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 3D Knit color for back
4 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
+$ 17
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46512001
d
$750
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
46512000
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
$750
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
108
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46512011
d
$ 900
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46512010
d
$ 900
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46522001
d
$ 850
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$ 850
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46522000
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46522011
d
$1000
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46522010
d
$1000
d
109
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
Armless
Standard Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$ 17
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
No cost
+$ 18
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, and
base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46510001
d
$680
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
46510000
d
$680
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
110
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46510011
d
$830
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46510010
d
$830
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46520001
d
$780
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$780
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46520000
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46520011
d
$930
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46520010
d
$930
d
111
Think 465 Series Work Chairs
Armless
Sewn Upholstery
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")
Your Preference™ control
Seat edge flex
Frame, seat shell, and five-arm base
3" seat depth adjustment
Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1
21⁄ 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:
black
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Steelcase leather upholstery
Customer’s Own Material (COM),
Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), or
Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$275
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,
outer back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
+$ 17
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
No cost
Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment.
Seat Height
• 4" pneumatic seat-height
adjustment (15"–19")
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 30
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46511001
d
$740
d
Plastic Base
Without Headrest
46511000
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 94
$740
d
cSpecification Information continued on next page
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
112
Seating Specification Guide
Think 465 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46511011
d
$890
d
Plastic Base
With Headrest
46511010
d
$890
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46521001
d
$840
d
Aluminum Base
Without Headrest
$840
d
Assembled
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Think 465 Series
46521000
d
Ready to Assemble (Cartoned)
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
46521011
d
$990
d
Aluminum Base
With Headrest
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
46521010
d
$990
d
113
114
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Drive 461 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Drive 461 Series
Details
116
Dimensions
120
Specifying Drive 461 Series
Work Chairs
Work Chairs
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day performing repetitive tasks. By
making a series of simple
adjustments, you can customize the chair to your
body, preferences, and tasks.
These chairs provide continuous, stable, task-oriented
comfort, and can be quickly
adjusted to support you in
upright, forward, and reclining work postures.
Adjustability Features
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Synchro-tilt
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat angle
Seat depth
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Upright back lock
•
•
•
Drive 461 Series
Back tension
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
Seating Specification Guide
Drive
461 Series
Mechanisms
Lumbar height
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
122
•
•
•
115
Drive 461 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Drive is high-performance
seating for value-driven customers. Intuitive controls,
high-comfort ratings, a versatile statement of line, and a
wide range of adjustments
make it a great solution for
anywhere in the office.
Outer back and outer
seat is plastic. Fully
upholstered outer back is
an option.
Lumbar adjusts up and
down within a 4" range to
help ensure healthful
back posture.
Arm height adjusts
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper
back and shoulder fatigue.
Face plate is plastic and
will match base color.
Upright back lock
allows user to lock the back
in a full upright position or
release it for full-tilt motion.
116
..
.
..
..
Arm width adjusts
.
within a 3" range for each
..
arm to provide forearm
..
support in neutral position
.
..
for 5th to 95th percentile
..
users.
..
..
Arm caps can pivot
.
independently to accommo- ..
..
date user preferences.
.
..
..
.
..
Seat depth adjusts
..
within a 3" range and is
.
an option on all models.
.
Adjustment paddle is located .
..
on left side of chair.
.
.
..
..
Seat angle adjusts for.
ward, upright, and reclined
..
to suit user.
..
.
..
.
..
Seat height adjusts
..
within a 5" range with a
.
..
pneumatic adjustment
..
mechanism.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Five-arm base is steel
..
with plastic cap.
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Casters have hard, dual..
wheels that roll smoothly on
.
..
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
..
casters are available for use
.
on hard floors or chair mats.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Two basic back heights .
.
are available—full-back
..
and mid-back. Both are
..
offered with and without
.
..
arms.
..
.
Drive offers multiple arm
..
options.
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Height- and width..
adjustable T-arms
.
• Height- and width..
adjustable T-arms are
.
standard on all chairs with .
.
..
arms.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
Independent height-,
.
..
width-, and pivot..
adjustable arms
.
• Telescoping arms with
..
height, width, and pivot
.
adjustability are an option. ..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Drive 461 Series
Height-adjustable
T-arms
• Height-adjustable T-arms
are an option.
Fixed T-arms
• Fixed T-Arms are an
option.
Loop arms
• Height-adjustable loop
arms are an option.
• Fixed loop arms are an
option.
Seating Specification Guide
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Adjustment Features
.. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
..
..
..
.
4"
..
..
5"
..
..
.
..
..
Seat height adjusts
.
..
pneumatically.
..
To raise, lift your weight off
. Lumbar adjustment.
the seat and pull lever up.
.. Lean forward to slide handle
To lower chair, remain
.. up or down with both hands
seated and pull lever up.
. to desired position.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.. Back tension
. adjustment.
.. Turn knob forward to
.. increase tension, backwards
Seat angle adjusts
. to decrease.
by pulling paddle and shift.
ing your weight to alter seat ..
..
angle. Release paddle to
..
lock.
..
.
..
..
.
3"
..
..
..
. Upright back lock.
.. To release, lean forward and
.. pull toward back. To lock,
. lean forward and push
..
.. toward front.
..
Seat depth adjustment. ..
Lift paddle under left side of ..
..
seat. Slide seat forward or
backward. Release paddle. ..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.. Arm Adjustments
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
4"
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
.. Arm height.
.
. Lift trigger, raise or lower to ..
.. desired height.
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
.
. Arm width on standard ..
..
..
.. T-arm.
..
. Grasp arm caps, flip
.
.. them over.
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
.. Arm width on rounded ..
. telescoping height,
.
.. width, and pivot arm.
..
.. Grasp arm caps and move ..
.. in or out. Arm will stay where ..
. positioned.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
.
.. Arms pivot independently. ...
. Grasp arm and push from
.
..
..
front to left or right.
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
Hard components
(base, arms, plastic arm
caps, outer back, outer seat,
and face plate)
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers will apply to all
hard components.
Outer back and outer
seat
• Plastic color to match
color of other “hard
components”
• Fully upholstered outer
back
Arms
• Plastic color arm caps
to match the plastic color
of the other “hard
components”
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
cDrive 461 Series, continued 117
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Drive 461 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Drive 461 Series, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
118
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
available on all other seating .
.. cPage 120
fabrics at an additional $17
.
U.S. per seating unit. To order .
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
.
under “Optional Accessories.” .
..
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
.
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
..
tion.
..
.
Extended lead times may be .
..
necessary for this service.
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
.
1.888.STEELCASE
.
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290 for
.
.
upholstery fabrics available .
..
for use with FCS modifica.
tion.
..
..
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
.
in the nation have been
..
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
..
tion is designed to meet
.
those codes. Fire Code
..
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
.
a product is constructed to
..
meet the strict fire code
.
.
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
.
theaters, meeting rooms,
..
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
.
.
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
.
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
..
Boston adopted the
..
California Home Furnishing .
..
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
..
upholstery.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
Printed Materials
cDrive Brochure
(S10625)
cSeating Overview
(03-0003368)
cDrive User Guide
(S11264)
Computer Tools
cInteractive User Guide
available on
www.steelcase.com
cElectronic User Disk
(S10615)
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
Drive 461 Series
Drive 461 Series
Seating Specification Guide
119
Dimensions
Drive 461 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
d
Width
Height
DFixed
dSeat
dDepth
d
d
DAdjustable
dSeat
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
d
DBack
dWidth
d
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
16"–19"
20"
151⁄ 2"–201⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
231⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
231⁄ 2"
Drive 461 Series
Full-Back Work Chairs
Arms
273⁄ 8"
26"
371⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2" 163⁄ 4"
Without Arms
273⁄ 8"
191⁄ 2"
371⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2"
163⁄ 4"
16"–19"
20"
151⁄ 2"–201⁄ 2"
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Arms
273⁄ 8"
26"
331⁄ 2"–381⁄ 2" 163⁄ 4"
16"–19"
20"
151⁄ 2"–201⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
191⁄ 2"
Without Arms
273⁄ 8"
191⁄ 2"
331⁄ 2"–381⁄ 2" 163⁄ 4"
16"–19"
20"
151⁄ 2"–201⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
191⁄ 2"
Overall widt wit arms
26"W
Width between arms
181/2"W: Fixed and
height-adjustable
16"W to 19"W:
Height- and widthadjustable T-arms
111/4"W to 181/4"W:
Height-, width- and pivotadjustable arms
Seat depth
163/4"D: Fixed seat depth
16"D to 19"D: Adjustable seat depth
Seat-to-back angle
98° to 112°
Seat pan angle
–5° to +4°
Seat height
151/2"H to 201/2"H
Adjustable
lumbar
support
6" to 10"H
Overall height
371/2"H to 421/2"H: Full-back chair
331/2"H to 381/2"H: Mid-back chair
Arm to floor
241/2"H to 291/2"H: Chair with fixed arms
221/2"H to 311/2"H: Chair with height-adjustable arms
Arm height
9"H: Fixed-height arm
7"H to 11"H: Height-adjustable arms
Back width
181/2"W
Seat width
20"W
120
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
d
DAdjustable
dArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DFixed
dArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DWidth
dBetween
dFixed and
dHeightdAdjustable Arms
DWidth
dBetween
dHeight- and WidthdAdjustable
dT-Arms
DWidth Between
dHeight-, Widthdand PivotdAdjustable
dArm
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
d
Full-Back Work Chairs
6"–10"
22"–33"
7"–11"
9"
181⁄ 2"
16"–19"
111⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
-5°–+4°
98°–112°
6"–10"
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
-5°–+4°
98°–112°
Mid-Back Work Chairs
6"–10"
22"–33"
7"–11"
9"
181⁄ 2"
16"–19"
111⁄ 4"–181⁄ 4"
-5°–+4°
98°–112°
6"–10"
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
-5°–+4°
98°–112°
Drive 461 Series
Seating Specification Guide
121
Drive 461 Series Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 116
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Upright back lock
Lumbar adjustment
5" seat height range
Pneumatic height adjustment
Height- and width-adjustable T-Arms, if selected:
plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Drive
seating.
•
+$530
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$299
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
+$125
outer back
• Steelcase leather fully
+$925
upholstered outer back
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$465
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number for
upholstery.
Add suffix S to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Add suffix U to style number.
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Rounded
Arm Caps
• Independent height-,
width-, and pivot-adjustable
T-Arms
• Independent height-adjustable –$ 59
• Fixed height
–$ 91
Specify with height-adjustable T-arms.
Specify with fixed T-arms.
Loop Arms
• Independent heightadjustable
• Fixed height
–$ 20
–$ 91
Specify with height-adjustable
loop arms.
Specify with fixed loop arms.
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors (21⁄5")
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Casters
+$ 30
Specify with height-, width-,
and pivot-adjustable arms.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 120
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
122
Seating Specification Guide
Drive 461 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Arms with Soft Arm Caps
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Full-Back Work Chairs
Back Lock, Seat Angle, Seat Depth
4611411
4611401
$690
4611301
$641
$810
4611201
$640
$761
d
4611101
d
$591
d
$860
Back Lock, Seat Depth
4611311
$811
Back Lock, Seat Angle
4611211
Back Lock
4611111
d
Arms with Soft Arm Caps
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Back Lock, Seat Angle, Seat Depth
4611410
4611400
$680
4611300
$631
$800
4611200
$630
$751
d
4611100
d
$581
d
$850
Back Lock, Seat Depth
4611310
$801
4611210
Drive 461 Series
Back Lock, Seat Angle
Back Lock
4611110
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
123
124
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Understanding
and Specifying
Jersey Series
Work Chair
Understanding Jersey Series
Details
126
Dimensions
130
Specifying Jersey Series
Work Chairs
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day performing repetitive tasks. By
making a series of simple
adjustments, you can customize the chair to your
body, preferences, and tasks.
These chairs provide continuous, stable, task-oriented
comfort, and can be quickly
adjusted to support you in
upright, forward, and reclining work postures.
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Multi-Use Chairs
134
Jersey Series
Mechanisms
Synchro-tilt
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat angle
Seat depth
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Upright back lock
•
•
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
Seating Specification Guide
132
Adjustability Features
Back tension
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
Work Chairs
•
•
•
125
Jersey Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Jersey features a double
mesh back in a unique
ergonomic “S” shape to
conform to each user for
comfort and support.
Arm height adjusts
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper
back and shoulder fatigue.
Arm width adjusts within
a 3" range for each arm to
provide forearm support in
a neutral position.
Arm caps can pivot
independently to accommodate user preferences.
Seat height adjusts
41⁄ 2", from 16" to 201⁄ 2", with
a pneumatic adjustment
mechanism.
Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly on
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
casters are available for use
on hard floors or chair mats.
126
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Mesh back is available in .
.
8 colors and is standard on .
.
all models. Jersey pullover is .
.
..
optional.
..
.
..
..
Seat depth adjusts
.
..
within a 3" range and is
..
an option on all models.
.
..
..
.
.
..
Seat angle adjusts for..
ward, upright, and reclined
.
to suit user.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
Upright back lock
.
allows user to lock the back ..
..
in a full upright position or
..
release it for full-tilt motion.
..
.
..
..
.
..
Five-arm base is plastic
..
on 6205 Black frame
.
..
models. Base is aluminum
..
on 4799 Platinum models.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Jersey work chairs are .
.
available armless, with fixed .
.
arms, with height and main- .
..
tenance width-adjustable
..
arms, and with height-,
.
width-, and pivot-adjustable .
.
arms.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Multi-use chairs are
.
..
available with or without
..
arms and with or without
.
casters.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Adjustment Features
.. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
..
..
..
.
1
..
4 /2"
..
..
..
.
..
..
. Back tension
.. adjustment.
Seat height adjusts
.. To decrease tension, turn
pneumatically.
. counterclockwise. To
To raise chair, lift body
.
weight up, and pull lever up. .. increase tension, turn clock.. wise.
To lower chair, remain
..
seated and pull lever up.
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.. Upright back lock.
Seat angle adjustment. . To release, lean forward and
.. pull toward back. To lock,
Pull lever back and hold,
.. lean forward and push
shift seat to desired angle,
. toward front.
and release lever to lock.
..
..
.
..
..
.
3"
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
Seat depth adjustment. ..
Pull lever forward and hold, ..
.
shift seat forward or back,
..
and release lever to lock.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
.. cSee surface materials on ..
Arm Adjustments
.. page 282 for specific avail- ..
.. ability or refer to the Surface ..
.. Materials Reference Manual ..
..
4"
. for further information.
..
..
..
..
.. Upholstery
.
..
.. • Fabric or leather on seat
..
. • Mesh on back standard
.. • Jersey pullover on back
.
..
.. optional
..
Arm height.
.
.
Pull trigger up and hold, pull ..
..
.. Hard components
arm up or push down, and
..
. (base, arms, plastic arm
release trigger to lock
.. caps, outer seat)
.
..
.. • Black
.
.
..
..
..
.. Platinum frame
.
. (base and arm uprights)
..
. available as an option
..
..
..
.
..
. Arms
.. • Black
..
..
.
.
. All Steelcase seating
..
..
..
. with standard uphol.. stery fabrics complies
.
..
.. with requirements of the
.
Arm width on rounded .
..
.. BIFMA First Generation
telescoping height,
.
.. Voluntary Upholstered
..
width, and pivot arm.
. Furniture Flammability
..
Grasp arm caps and move
.. Standard, as well as the
.
in or out. Arm will stay where .
.. State of California Technical ..
positioned.
..
.. Bulletin 117. All standard
.
seating
is
labeled
to
be
in
..
..
. compliance with California
..
.. TB117.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
Arms pivot independently. .
..
.
Grasp arm and push from
..
.
..
front to left or right.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
Maintenance arm
..
.
width adjustment.
..
.
..
Loosen and remove screws, .
.
..
slide arm bracket in. Replace .
..
.
and tighten screws.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
Surface Materials
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
Programs & Services .
cSee the Surface Materials
Reference Manual for further
detail about programs and
services offered for seating.
The Customer’s Own
Material (COM) Program
offers the opportunity for customers to select fabrics that
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface
materials program for use on
Steelcase products. Through
the COM program, Steelcase
will test your materials for
application on Steelcase
products. Once approved,
you can place your order.
Steelcase will facilitate the
entire ordering process and
give you a production schedule. Steelcase will order the
COM fabric directly from the
textile manufacturer. For upto-date information regarding
fabric test results for all COM
fabrics and details regarding
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the
COM Web site. To locate the
COM Web site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com
• Click on “Knowledge &
Design”
• Select “Customer’s Own
Material”
cJersey, continued 127
Jersey Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Jersey Series, continued
..
. Dimensions
..
.. cPage 130
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
128
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
Printed Materials
cJersey Brochure
(03-0000684)
cSeating Overview
(03-0003368)
Computer Tools
cUser Guide available on
www.steelcase.com
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Jersey chairs are cartoned
.
assembled only. Uncartoned ..
shipments are not available. ..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Shipping
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Jersey Series
Seating Specification Guide
129
Dimensions
Jersey Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
d
DBack
dWidth
d
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
d
Width
Height
261⁄ 4"
351⁄ 2"–40"
17"*
20"
16"–201⁄ 2"
20"
18"
Jersey Series
Work Chairs
Pneumatic
25"
Multi-Use Chairs
4-Leg with Arms
24"
24"
34"
17"
171⁄ 2"
171⁄ 2"
19"
151⁄ 2"
4-Leg Armless
24"
171⁄ 2"
34"
17"
171⁄ 2"
171⁄ 2"
19"
151⁄ 2"
*Models with seat depth measures
163⁄4"–20".
Overall width with arms
261/4"W
Overall depth
25"D
Back width
20"W
Width between arms
131/2"W to 181/2"W
Seat pan angle
2°
Seat height
16"H to 201/2"H: Work chair
Overall height
351/2"H to 40"H: Work chair
Arm to floor
23"H to 28"H: Work chair with fixed arms
23"H to 32"H: Work chair with height-adjustable arms
Seat-to-back angle
95° to 105°
Seat width
20"W
130
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DArm to
dFloor
dFixed
dArm
d
DArm to
dFloor
dHeight Adj
dArm
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom Seat
dFixed Arm
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom Seat
dAdj-Height
dArm
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
d
Jersey Series
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
d
Work Chairs
131⁄ 2"–181⁄ 2"
23"–28"
23"–32"
9"
7"–11"
2°
95°–105°
Multi-Use Chairs
215⁄ 8"
251⁄ 2"
N.A.
71⁄ 2"
N.A.
2°
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Seating Specification Guide
131
Jersey Series Work Chairs
Work Chair, Fabric
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Tip: Arms, if specified,
will match frame color
(6205 Black standard,
4799 Platinum optional).
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Pneumatic height adjustment
Upright back lock
Tilt tension
Back: mesh
Seat: fabric
Five-arm base: reinforced black plastic
Hard dual-wheel casters: black
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Fabric number for seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum frame with
aluminum base
+$ 50
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Fabric
Seat
• Jersey black fabric
• Buzz2
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
No cost
No cost
+$ 30
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
+$ 69
Seating
Mechanism
• Deluxe synchro-tilt mechanism: +$ 70
provides seat depth and seat
angle
Specify with deluxe synchro-tilt
mechanism.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Fixed-height, maintenance
width-adjustable arms
+$ 70
Specify with fixed-height, maintenance
width-adjustable arms.
HeightAdjustable
Arms
• Height- and maintenance
width-adjustable arms
+$100
Specify with height- and maintenance
width-adjustable arms.
Height-, Width-, • Height-, width-, and pivotand Pivotadjustable arms
Adjustable Arms
+$115
Specify with height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms.
Casters
+$ 25
Specify with soft casters.
• Soft dual-wheel casters for
use on hard floors
Specify with 5011.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify with jersey pullover and
select color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Specification Information
cDetailed dimensions,
page 130
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
TS38301
d
$645
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
132
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Work Chairs
Jersey Series
Work Chair, Leather
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Tip: Arms, if specified,
will match frame color
(6205 Black standard,
4799 Platinum optional).
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Pneumatic height adjustment
Upright back lock
Tilt tension
Back: mesh
Seat: black leather
Five-arm base: reinforced black plastic
Hard dual-wheel casters: black
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Options, if selected (see below)
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum frame with
aluminum base
+$ 50
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
+$ 69
Specify with jersey pullover and
select color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Seating
Mechanism
• Deluxe synchro-tilt mechanism: +$ 70
provides seat depth and seat
angle
Specify with deluxe synchro-tilt
mechanism.
Fixed-Height
Arms
• Fixed-height, maintenance
width-adjustable arms
+$ 70
Specify with fixed-height, maintenance
width-adjustable arms.
HeightAdjustable
Arms
• Height- and maintenance
width-adjustable arms
+$100
Specify with height- and maintenance
width-adjustable arms.
Height-, Width-, • Height-, width-, and pivotand Pivotadjustable arms
Adjustable Arms
+$115
Specify with height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms.
Casters
+$ 25
Specify with soft casters.
• Soft dual-wheel casters for
use on hard floors
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
TS38302
d
$725
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 130
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
133
Jersey Series Multi-Use Chairs
Multi-Use Chair, Fabric, with Glides
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
Back: mesh
Seat: fabric
Arms, if selected: black
Steel four-leg frame: black
Glides: black plastic
Stacks four high
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Fabric number for seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
Options
U.S. Price
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$50
Fabric
Seat
• Jersey black fabric
• Buzz2
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
No cost
No cost
+$ 30
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
+$69
Required to Specify
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Specify with 5011.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify with jersey pullover and select
color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arms
TS38304
d
$398
d
Without Arms
TS38305
d
$368
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
134
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Multi-Use Chairs
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
Back: mesh
Seat: black leather
Arms, if selected: black
Steel four-leg frame: black
Glides: black plastic
Stacks four high
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Options, if selected (see below)
Options
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$50
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
Specify with jersey pullover and
select color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
+$69
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arms
TS38306
d
$478
d
Without Arms
TS38307
d
$448
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 130
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
cJersey Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued 135
Jersey Series
Multi-Use Chair, Leather, with Glides
Jersey Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued
Multi-Use Chair, Fabric, with Casters
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Back: mesh
Seat: fabric
Arms, if selected: black
Steel four-leg frame: black
Hard dual-wheel casters: black
Stacks four high
Options
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Fabric number for seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$50
Fabric
Seat
• Jersey black fabric
• Buzz2
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
No cost
No cost
+$ 30
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
+$69
Specify with jersey pullover and
select color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Casters
• Soft dual-wheel casters for
use on hard floors
+$65
Specify with soft casters.
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Specify with 5011.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arms
TS38308
d
$438
d
Without Arms
TS38309
d
$408
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 130
136
Seating Specification Guide
Jersey Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 126
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Back: mesh
Seat: black leather
Arms, if selected: black
Steel four-leg frame: black
Hard dual-wheel casters: black
Stacks four high
Options
1 Style number
2 Mesh color number for back:
T084 Black
T085 Grey
T086 White
T087 Yellow
T088 Orange
T089 Red
T090 Green
T091 Blue
3 Options, if selected (see below)
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
Surface
Materials
• 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$50
Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.
Jersey
Pullover
• Stretch pullover
+$69
Specify with jersey pullover and
select color number:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Casters
• Soft dual-wheel casters for
use on hard floors
+$65
Specify with soft casters.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arms
TS38310
d
$518
d
Without Arms
TS38311
d
$488
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 130
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
cJersey Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued 137
Jersey Series
Multi-Use Chair, Leather, with Casters
Jersey Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued
Jersey Pullover
Standard Includes
• Stretch pullover
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Color number for stretch pullover:
T092 Black
T095 Yellow
T096 Orange
T097 Red
T098 Green
T099 Blue
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
TS38303
d
$69
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
138
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Sensor 458 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Sensor 458 Series
140
Dimension Variations
142
Dimensions
144
Specifying Sensor 458 Series
Work Chairs
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day performing repetitive tasks. By
making a series of simple
adjustments, you can customize the chair to your
body, preferences, and tasks.
These chairs provide continuous, stable, task-oriented
comfort, and can be quickly
adjusted to support you in
upright, forward, and reclining work postures.
154
High Stools
156
Sensor
458 Series
Mechanisms
Synchro-tilt
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
•
Back Adjustments
Lumbar height
Back tension
Back height
•
•
•
•
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
•
•
Other Features
Foot ring height on stool
Seating Specification Guide
146
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Adjustability Features
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
Variable back stop
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Think 465 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
Work Chairs
•
139
Sensor 458 Series
Details
Sensor 458 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Sensor’s timeless styling
and innovative self-adjusting
design offer an exceptionally
broad range of high-performance models to meet the
needs of virtually everyone
throughout an organization.
Outer back and outer seat
are plastic. Fully upholstered
outer back is an option.
Arm caps are soft vinyl.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range, from 16"H
to 21"H.
Five-arm base is
standard.
140
Casters have hard, dual
wheels that roll smoothly on
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
casters are available for use
on hard floors or chair mats.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Work chairs are available
in Size II mid- or high-back
and Size II adjustable back.
Stools and sled-based
multi-use chairs are
available in mid-back styles.
Arm styles include omega
arms, adjustable-height and
width arms, and armless
models.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Sensor 458 Series
Adjustment Features
..
Seat Adjustments
.
3"
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
5"
..
.
..
.. Back height adjusts up
Seat height adjusts
. to 3" by holding button in
pneumatically. To lower, .. while moving chair back up
pull lever on right side while .. or down. Releasing button
.
seated. To raise, pull lever
.. locks chair back in position.
and lift your weight off the
.. Tip: Available only on Size II
chair.
. adjustable back models.
..
..
Back Adjustments
. Arm Adjustments
..
..
.
..
4"
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Back tension adjusts
.. Arm height adjusts
by turning knob. Turn knob
.. independently within a range
clockwise to increase ten. of 4". Squeeze triggers in
..
sion, counterclockwise to
.. while moving arms up or
decrease.
. down. Releasing triggers
Tip: Be sure to unlock
.. locks arms in position.
(release) the variable back
.. Tip: Available only on work
stop before adjusting the
. chairs and stools.
..
back tension.
..
.
..
..
4"
. 4"
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
.. Arm width adjusts
. independently within a 4"
.. range on chairs with this
.. option. Grasp arm and
. move in or out. Arm will
..
.. stay where positioned.
Variable back stop.
.
Flick switch forward for full
.. Other Features
range of back angles. To
..
limit back angle, recline to
.
the desired position and flick ..
..
switch back.
.
Tip: To lock in upright posi..
tion, remove weight from
..
back and flick switch back.
.
..
3"
..
.
..
.. Foot ring height on
. stools adjusts by first lifting
.. ring and rotating it counter.. clockwise to unlock it. Then
. raise or lower ring up to 3" to
..
. desired position before rotating it clockwise to lock it.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
cSee surface materials on
..
page 282 for specific avail.
ability or refer to the Surface ..
Materials Reference Manual ..
.
for further information.
..
..
Upholstery
..
• Fabric
..
• Fabric with soil-retardant
..
treatment (option)
..
• Leather
..
..
Hard components
..
(base, arms, soft vinyl arm
.
..
caps, outer back, frame,
..
and casters)
• Monochromatic color from ..
list of seating plastic color ..
.
numbers will apply to all
..
hard components.
..
.
.
Outer back
..
• Plastic color to match
..
monochromatic color of
.
..
other “hard components”
..
• Fully upholstered
.
..
Sled base
..
• Plastic color to match
.
..
color of other “hard
.
components”
..
.
..
Arms
..
• Plastic color to match
.
color of other “hard
..
components”
..
.
..
Arm caps
..
• Soft vinyl to match
.
monochromatic color of
..
other “hard components”
..
..
Glides
.
..
• Stainless steel on sled..
base models
..
..
All Steelcase seating
..
with standard uphol.
stery fabrics complies
..
with requirements of the
..
BIFMA First Generation
.
..
Voluntary Upholstered
..
Furniture Flammability
.
Standard, as well as the
.
State of California Technical ..
..
Bulletin 117. All standard
..
seating is labeled to be in
.
compliance with California
..
TB117.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Surface Materials
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
..
Material (COM)
.
Program offers the oppor- ..
tunity for customers to select ..
.
fabrics that are not offered
.
through the standard Steel- ..
case surface materials pro- ..
..
gram for use on Steelcase
products. Through the COM ..
program, Steelcase will test ..
your materials for application ..
..
on Steelcase products.
..
Once approved, you can
place your order. Steelcase ..
will facilitate the entire order- ..
..
ing process and give you a
.
production schedule.
..
Steelcase will order the
.
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
..
to-date information regard.
ing fabric test results for all
..
COM fabrics and details
..
regarding yardage require.
..
ments for most Seating
.
lines, visit the COM Web
.
site. To locate the COM Web ..
..
site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
.
• Click on “Knowledge &
..
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
.
..
Material”
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
..
fabric without affecting the
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
..
able pre-treated with soil
retardant. (You do not need ..
.
to select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
..
• Cavalcade
.
• Jacks
..
• Link
..
• Regis
.
..
• Rook
.
• Skittles
..
• Roulette
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
.
..
..
Soil-retardant treatment is
available on all other seating ..
..
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To order ..
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” ..
.
Programs & Services .
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
.
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
..
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
.
tion.
.
..
..
.
..
..
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
..
1.888.STEELCASE
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
..
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
.
for upholstery fabrics avail.
able for use with FCS modi- ..
..
fication. Sensor Size II
adjustable-back models offer ..
the Fire Code Seating option ..
.
on the following upholstery
.
fabrics only: Hampstead and ..
..
Leather.
.
.
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
..
in the nation have been
.
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
..
tion is designed to meet
..
those codes. Fire Code
.
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
.
..
a product is constructed to
..
meet the strict fire code
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
..
theaters, meeting rooms,
.
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
..
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
.
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
..
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
.
Boston adopted the
.
California Home Furnishing .
..
Technical Bulletin TB 133
.
..
test standard in 1992.
..
Local codes may have
.
..
special requirements for
..
upholstery.
.
..
.
Dimensions
..
..
cPages 142 and 144
..
.
Resources
..
..
Printed Materials
cSensor Brochure (S11537) ..
..
cSeating Overview
.
(03-0003368)
..
..
Computer Tools
.
cElectronic User Disk
..
(S2338)—Windows
.
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
141
Sensor 458 Series
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Dimension Variations
26" or 261/2"W
23"D
26" to 261/2"W
401/2" to
481/2"H
23"D
341/2" to
421/2"H
16" to
21"H
16" to
21"H
Work Chair
Size II Adjustable Back
Work Chair
Size II Adjustable High-Back
26" or 261/2"W
23"D
26" or 261/2"W
221/2"D
33" to
38"H
371/2" to
421/2"H
16" to
21"H
Work Chair
Size II High-Back
221/2"W
16" to
21"H
Work Chair
Size II Mid-Back
23"D
33"H
17"H
Sled-Base Mulit-Use Chair
Size II Mid-Back
241/2"W
221/2"D
421/2" to
471/2"H
27" to
32"H
High Stool
Size I Mid-Back
142
Seating Specification Guide
Dimension Variations
Sensor 458 Series
Seating Specification Guide
143
Dimensions
Sensor 458 Series
DType
dof Chair
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
Height
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
Sensor 458 Series
Size II Adjustable High-Back Work Chairs
Omega Arms
Adjustable Arms
23"
26"
401⁄ 2"–481⁄ 2" 181⁄ 4"
163⁄ 4"
201⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
241⁄ 4"–271⁄ 4"
23"
261⁄ 2"
401⁄ 2"–481⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
163⁄ 4"
201⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
241⁄ 4"–271⁄ 4"
Size II Adjustable-Back Work Chairs
Omega Arms
Adjustable Arms
22"
26"
341⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2" 181⁄ 4"
163⁄ 4"
201⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
181⁄ 4"–211⁄ 4"
22"
261⁄ 2"
341⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
163⁄ 4"
201⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
181⁄ 4"–211⁄ 4"
Size II High-Back Work Chairs
Omega Arms
Adjustable Arms
23"
26"
371⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2" 173⁄ 4"
161⁄ 2"
193⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
211⁄ 2"
23"
261⁄ 2"
371⁄ 2"–421⁄ 2"
173⁄ 4"
161⁄ 2"
193⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
211⁄ 2"
33"–38"
173⁄ 4"
161⁄ 2"
193⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
17"
33"–38"
173⁄ 4"
161⁄ 2"
193⁄ 4"
16"–21"
18"
17"
173⁄ 4"
161⁄ 2"
193⁄ 4"
17"
18"
17"
16"
19"
27"–32"
161⁄ 2"
151⁄ 2"
Size II Mid-Back Work Chairs
Omega Arms
221⁄ 2"
26"
Adjustable Arms
221⁄ 2"
261⁄ 2"
Size II Mid-Back Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Loop Arms
23"
221⁄ 2"
33"
241⁄ 2"
421⁄ 2"–471⁄ 2" 163⁄ 4"
Size I Mid-Back Stools
144
Seat width
Stools
Width between arms
Seat-toback angle
Seat
pan
angle
Overall depth
Back
lumbar
height
Seat-toback angle
Back
width
Arm to floor
Seat
pan
angle
Seat height
Overall height
Arm to floor
Seat width
Work Chairs
Seat-toback angle
Back
width
Width between arms
Overall depth
Overall height
Back width
Back
lumbar
height
Arm to floor
Overall depth
Back
lumbar
height
Overall width
Overall width
Width between arms
Seat
pan
angle
Seat height
Overall width
Overall height
221⁄ 2"
Seat height
High Stool
Seat width
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
DFoot
dRing
dWidth
d
DFoot
dRing
dHeight
d
Size II Adjustable High-Back Work Chairs
7"–10"
201⁄ 2"
241⁄ 2"–291⁄ 2"
8"
1°–4°
100°–110°
N.A.
N.A.
7"–10"
121⁄ 4"–201⁄ 4"
231⁄ 4"–321⁄ 4"
83⁄ 4"–123⁄ 4"
1°–4°
100°–110°
N.A.
N.A.
Size II Adjustable-Back Work Chairs
201⁄ 2"
241⁄ 2"–291⁄ 2"
8"
1°–4°
100°–110°
N.A.
N.A.
7"–10"
121⁄ 4"–201⁄ 4"
231⁄ 4"–321⁄ 4"
83⁄ 4"–123⁄ 4"
1°–4°
100°–110°
N.A.
N.A.
Sensor 458 Series
7"–10"
Size II High-Back Work Chairs
8"
8"
201⁄ 4"
241⁄ 2"–291⁄ 2"
8"
1°–4°
105°–120°
N.A.
N.A.
12"–20"
231⁄ 4"–321⁄ 4"
83⁄ 4"–123⁄ 4"
1°–4°
105°–120°
N.A.
N.A.
Size II Mid-Back Work Chairs
8"
8"
201⁄ 4"
241⁄ 2"–291⁄ 2"
8"
1°–4°
105°–120°
N.A.
N.A.
12"–20"
231⁄ 4"–321⁄ 4"
83⁄ 4"–123⁄ 4"
1°–4°
105°–120°
N.A.
N.A.
Size II Mid-Back Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
8"
19"
233⁄ 4"
8"
1°–4°
105°
N.A.
N.A.
343⁄ 4"–393⁄ 4"
8"
1°–4°
105°–120°
193⁄ 4"
9"–12"
Size I Mid-Back Stools
8"
181⁄ 4"
Seating Specification Guide
145
Sensor 458 Series Size II Adjustable High-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Back height may be
adjusted 3".
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Arms: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Back tension adjustment
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
•
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 549
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$
+$
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 815
50
17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number for
upholstery.
Add suffix S to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$1215
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$ 829
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$
18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
146
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size II
Adjustable High-Back
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Sensor 458 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Omega Arms
Pneumatic
4581237W
$1205
4581227
$1056
4581427
d
$1111
d
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581437W
d
$1260
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
147
Sensor 458 Series Size II Adjustable-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Back height may be
adjusted 3".
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Leather upholstery is
available on Size II
adjustable-back models.
Order through Specials.
•
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Back tension adjustment
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
+$
+$
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
50
17
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$
Specify with soft casters.
18
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Omega Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4581236W
$1093
4581226
$944
4581426
d
$999
d
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
4581436W
d
$1148
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
148
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size II
Adjustable-Back Work Chairs
cSpecification Information, continued
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Sensor 458 Series
Without Arms
Pneumatic
4581206
$828
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581406
d
$883
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
149
Sensor 458 Series Size II High-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Back tension adjustment
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
•
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 549
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$
+$
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 815
50
17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number for
upholstery.
Add suffix S to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$1215
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$ 829
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$
18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
150
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size II
High-Back Work Chairs
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Sensor 458 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Omega Arms
With Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4581234W
$1033
4581224
$884
4581424
d
$939
d
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581434W
d
$1088
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
Pneumatic
4581204
$ 768
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581404
d
$ 823
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
151
Sensor 458 Series Size II Mid-Back Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Back tension adjustment
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
•
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 549
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$
+$
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 815
50
17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number for
upholstery.
Add suffix S to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$1215
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$ 829
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$
18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
152
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size II
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Omega Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Sensor 458 Series
With Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4581233W
$ 988
4581223
$839
4581423
d
$894
d
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581433W
d
$1043
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
Pneumatic
4581203
$ 723
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4581403
d
$ 778
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
153
Sensor 458 Series Size II
Mid-Back Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame and arms: plastic color
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Stainless steel glides
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for frame, outer
back, outer seat, and arms
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
•
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
+$ 549
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$
+$
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number for
upholstery.
Add suffix S to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 815
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Required to Specify
50
17
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$1215
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$ 829
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Arm Caps
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
4585023
d
$550
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arm Caps
4585093
d
$533
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
154
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size II
Mid-Back Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
Sensor 458 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
155
Sensor 458 Series Size I Mid-Back High Stools
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 140
Tip: Leather upholstery is
available on Size I mid-back
models. Order through
Specials.
Surface
Materials
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Synchro-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Back tension adjustment
Outer back and outer seat: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
Foot ring: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
Options
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Sensor
seating.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 100
+$ 140
+$ 185
+$ 220
+$ 255
+$ 30
+$
+$
50
17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 130
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$
Specify with soft casters.
18
cDetailed dimensions,
page 144
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
156
Seating Specification Guide
Sensor 458 Series Size I
Mid-Back High Stools
Specification Information
Height- and WidthAdjustable Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Sensor 458 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Omega Arms
With Arm Caps
Pneumatic
4588231W
$1292
4588221
$1143
4588421
d
$1198
d
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4588431W
d
$1347
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
Pneumatic
4588201
$1027
Pneumatic with Variable Back Stop
4588401
d
$1082
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
157
158
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Rally 457 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Rally 457 Series
Details
160
Dimensions
162
Specifying Rally 457 Series
Work Chairs
164
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
166
Rally 457 Series
Work Chairs
Adjustable work
chairs offer basic ergonomic comfort for people
who have varied tasks and
tend to be in and out of the
office during the day. Features include adjustable
seat height, back tension,
and upright back lock. Also
featured is the no front-rise
seat—in other words,
when you lean back, the
front edge of the seat
doesn’t rise up, lifting your
legs off the floor and cutting off circulation.
• Rally 457 Series
• Protegé 433 Series
• Cachet 487 Series
Seating Specification Guide
159
Rally 457 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Rally is contemporary in
design with soft, pleasing
contours. Rally features
basic adjustments at an
attractive price.
Outer back and outer
seat are plastic. Fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat is available.
Arms are available to
match the outer back and
base.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range from 16"H
to 21"H on work chairs with
a pneumatic adjustment
mechanism.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Hard, dual-wheel
casters are provided for
use on carpets. Soft, dualwheel casters are available
for use on hard floors or
chair mats.
Adjustability Features
Rally
Protegé
•
•
Cachet
Mechanisms
Advanced swivel-tilt
Balanced Action
Rocker (BAR)
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Upright back lock
Back tension
Self adjusting
160
•
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
High-back and mid.
..
back work chairs are
..
available.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Multi-use chair bases
.
..
are available in two styles:
fixed-height swivel and sled. .
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Rally 457 Series
Adjustment Features
.. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
..
..
..
.
..
..
5"
.
..
..
. Back tension adjusts
..
Seat height adjusts
. by turning knob. Turn knob
pneumatically. To lower, .. clockwise to increase tenhold handle up while seated. .. sion, counterclockwise to
To raise, hold handle up and .. decrease.
lift your weight off the chair. ..
..
Tip: Multi-use chairs are
fixed height only and do not ..
..
include back tension
..
adjustment.
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
. Upright back lock. Pull
.. knob out to release back;
.. push knob in to lock back.
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
Hard components
(base, arms, plastic arm
caps, outer back, outer seat,
frame, and casters)
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers will apply to all
hard components.
Outer back and
outer seat
• Plastic color to match
monochromatic color of
other “hard components”
• Fully upholstered
Sled base
• Plastic color to match
color of other “hard
components”
Arms
• Plastic color to match
color of other “hard
components”
Glides
• Plastic on sled-base chair
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
Soil-retardant treatment is
.
available on all other seating ..
..
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To order ..
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” ..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
..
yardage may be required.
.
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
.
tion.
.
..
..
..
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
..
1.888.STEELCASE
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
..
for upholstery fabrics avail.
.
able for use with FCS
..
modification.
..
.
.
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
..
in the nation have been
.
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
.
tion is designed to meet
..
those codes. Fire Code
.
.
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
..
a product is constructed to
.
meet the strict fire code
..
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
..
theaters, meeting rooms,
.
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
..
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
..
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
..
Boston adopted the
.
California Home Furnishing .
.
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
..
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
.
upholstery.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
..
.
cPage 162
..
..
..
Resources
..
..
Printed Materials
.
cRally Brochure
..
(S11004)
..
cSeating Overview
.
..
(03-0003368)
..
.
..
..
.
..
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
161
Rally 457 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Rally 457 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
Width
Height
261⁄ 2"
34"–39"
177⁄ 8"
151⁄ 2"
20"
16"–21"
20"
203⁄ 4"
261⁄ 2"
33"–38"
177⁄ 8"
151⁄ 2"
20"
16"–21"
20"
191⁄ 4"
261⁄ 2"
34"
177⁄ 8"
151⁄ 2"
20"
18"
20"
191⁄ 4"
23"
333⁄ 4"
177⁄ 8"
151⁄ 2"
20"
18"
20"
191⁄ 4"
Rally 457 Series
High-Back Work Chairs
Pneumatic
225⁄ 8"
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Pneumatic
223⁄ 8"
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Swivel/Fixed Base 221⁄ 4"
Sled Base
221⁄ 2"
Overall width
261/2"W
Overall depth
225/8"D: High-back chair
223/8"D: Mid-back chair
Width between arms
201/2"W
Back width
20"W
Seat pan angle
4°
Seat height
16"H to 21"H
Arm to floor
24"H to 29"H
Back lumbar height
91/2"H
Overall height
34"H to 39"H: High-back chair
33"H to 38"H: Mid-back chair
Seat-to-back angle
103° to 130°
Seat width
20"W
162
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
High-Back Work Chairs
91⁄ 2"
201⁄ 2"
24"–29"
8"
4°
103°–130°
24"–29"
8"
4°
103°–130°
Mid-Back Work Chairs
91⁄ 2"
201⁄ 2"
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
91⁄ 2"
201⁄ 2"
26"
8"
4°
105°
91⁄ 2"
191⁄ 2"
233⁄ 4"
71⁄ 2"
4°
105°
Rally 457 Series
Seating Specification Guide
163
Rally 457 Series Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 160
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Rally
seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
•
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Advanced swivel-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back and outer seat: plastic
Back tension adjustment
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors (21⁄5")
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$551
+$320
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to style number and specify
leather color number.
Add suffix S to style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$146
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$956
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$496
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 162
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
164
Seating Specification Guide
Rally 457 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
With Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Without Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
High-Back Work Chairs
Pneumatic
4571224
$704
4571204
$646
4571404
d
$686
d
Pneumatic with Upright Back Lock
4571424
d
$744
d
With Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Rally 457 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Without Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Mid-Back Work Chairs
Pneumatic
4571223
$657
4571203
$599
4571403
d
$639
d
Pneumatic with Upright Back Lock
4571423
d
$697
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
165
Rally 457 Series Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 160
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Rally
seating.
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Steelcase leather
upholstery
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Fixed height with swivel-only base
Frame and arms on sled-base models: plastic color
Outer back and outer seat: plastic
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
Glides on sled base: plastic
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$551
+$320
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, outer seat, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to style number and specify
leather color number.
Add suffix S to style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$146
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$956
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$496
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
+$ 18
for use on hard floors on
side chairs with five-arm base
(21⁄5")
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 162
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
166
Seating Specification Guide
Rally 457 Series
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
With Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Without Arms
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4573003
d
$537
d
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Fixed-Height Swivel Base
4573023
d
$595
d
Sled-Base with Arms
Rally 457 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Sled-Base
4575023
d
$488
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
167
168
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Protegé 433 Series
Details
170
Dimensions
172
Specifying Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
174
Multi-Use Chairs
176
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
178
Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
Adjustable work
chairs offer basic ergonomic comfort for people
who have varied tasks and
tend to be in and out of the
office during the day. Features include adjustable
seat height, back tension,
and upright back lock. Also
featured is the no front-rise
seat—in other words,
when you lean back, the
front edge of the seat
doesn’t rise up, lifting your
legs off the floor and cutting off circulation.
• Rally 457 Series
• Protegé 433 Series
• Cachet 487 Series
Seating Specification Guide
169
Protegé 433 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Protegé is an economic,
general-use solution with
basic ergonomic features.
Protegé is stylish, comfortable, and well suited for
a wide range of tasks,
including moderate computer use.
Outer back is plastic.
Fully upholstered outer
back is an option.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Adjustability Features
Rally
Protegé
•
•
Cachet
Mechanisms
Advanced swivel-tilt
Balanced Action
Rocker (BAR)
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Upright back lock
Back tension
Self adjusting
170
•
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Arms are available without .
..
arm caps or with soft vinyl
..
arm caps.
.
.
..
..
.
..
Seat height adjusts with
..
a 5" range from 16"H to
.
..
21"H with a pneumatic
.
adjustment mechanism.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Hard, dual-wheel
..
casters are provided for
..
use on carpets. Soft, dual.
wheel casters are available ..
..
for use on hard floors or
..
chair mats.
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
Work and multi-use
chairs are available with or ..
..
without arms.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Multi-use chair bases
..
are available in two styles:
.
..
advanced swivel-tilt and
..
sled base.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Protegé 433 Series
Adjustment Features
.. Back Adjustments
Seat Adjustments
.
..
..
.
..
..
5"
.
..
..
.
.. Back tension adjusts
.. by turning knob. Turn knob
. clockwise to increase ten..
.. sion, counterclockwise
Seat height adjusts
. to decrease.
.
pneumatically. To lower, .
.
hold handle up while seated. .
.
To raise, hold handle up and .
..
keep your weight off the
.
chair.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.. Upright back lock.
. Flick switch forward to lock;
..
.. flick switch back to tilt.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Seating Specification Guide
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
Hard components
(base, arms, plastic arm
caps, outer back, outer seat,
frame, and casters)
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers will apply to all
hard components.
Base
• Plastic color to match
monochromatic color of
other “hard components”
Outer back
• Plastic color to match
monochromatic color of
other “hard components”
• Fully upholstered
Arms and arm caps
• Plastic color to match
monochromatic color of
other “hard components”
Glides
• Plastic on sled base
models
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
..
..
The Customer’s Own
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
.
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
..
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
.
Material”
..
.
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
.
fabric. The following
.
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
..
able pre-treated with soil
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
.
..
• Sweepstakes
..
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.
available on all other seating ..
..
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To order ..
..
this option, please select
.
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
.
under “Optional Accessories.” ..
..
..
.
Programs & Services .
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
.
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
..
yardage may be required.
.
..
Please contact the vendor
.
directly for specific informa- .
.
tion.
.
..
..
..
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
..
1.888.STEELCASE
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
..
for upholstery fabrics avail.
..
able for use with FCS
..
modification.
.
..
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
.
Seating modification (FCS)
.
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
.
in the nation have been
..
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
..
tion is designed to meet
.
those codes. Fire Code
..
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
..
a product is constructed to
..
meet the strict fire code
.
requirements of high public .
.
occupancy areas such as
..
theaters, meeting rooms,
..
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
..
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
.
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
.
133 (Cal TB 133) and
..
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
..
Boston adopted the
.
.
California Home Furnishing .
.
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
..
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
.
upholstery.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
..
.
cPage 172
..
..
.
..
Resources
..
Printed Materials
.
..
cProtegé Brochure
..
(S11005)
.
cSeating Overview
..
(03-0003368)
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
171
Protegé 433 Series
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Dimensions
Protegé 433 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
23"
333⁄ 4"–383⁄ 4" 171⁄ 2"
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
16"
191⁄ 2"
16"–21"
19"
191⁄ 4"
Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
Pneumatic
211⁄ 4"
Multi-Use Chairs
Fixed Height
211⁄ 4"
23"
351⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
16"
191⁄ 2"
171⁄ 4"
19"
191⁄ 4"
Sled Base
211⁄ 4"
23"
35"
171⁄ 2"
16"
191⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
19"
191⁄ 4"
Overall width
23"W
Overall depth
211/4"D
Width between arms
191/4"W
Seat-to-back angle
101° to 127°: Work chair
101°: Multi-use chair and
sled base multi-use chair
Seat pan angle
2°
Seat height
16"H to 21"H: Work chair
171/4 "H: Multi-use chair
181/4 "H: Sled base multi-use chair
Back lumbar height
93/4"H
Overall height
333/4 "H to 383/4"H: Work chair
351/4 "H: Multi-use chair
35"H: Sled base multi-use chair
Arm to floor
24"H to 29"H: Work chair
253/4"H: Multi-use chair
251/2"H: Sled base multi-use chair
Back width
19"W
Seat width
191/2"W
172
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
Work Chairs
93⁄ 4"
191⁄ 4"
24"–29"
73⁄ 4"
2°
101°–127°
Multi-Use Chairs
93⁄ 4"
191⁄ 4"
253⁄ 4"
73⁄ 4"
2°
101°
93⁄ 4"
191⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
73⁄ 4"
2°
101°
Protegé 433 Series
Seating Specification Guide
173
Protegé 433 Series Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 170
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Protegé seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
•
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Advanced swivel-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back: plastic color
Back tension adjustment
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$542
+$311
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to style number and specify
leather color number.
Add suffix S to style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 88
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$944
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$484
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 172
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
174
Seating Specification Guide
Protegé 433 Series
Work Chairs
Specification Information
Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Arms with
Soft Arm Caps
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4331213
$560
4331223
$584
4331423
d
$624
d
Pneumatic with Upright Back Lock
4331413
d
$600
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Pneumatic
4331203
$529
Pneumatic with Upright Back Lock
Protegé 433 Series
4331403
d
$569
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
175
Protegé 433 Series Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 170
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Protegé seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
•
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Casters
Required to Specify
Fixed height with advanced swivel-tilt mechanism
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base
Outer back: plastic color
Back tension adjustment
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Five-arm base: plastic color
21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel
casters: plastic color to match base
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$542
+$311
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, arms, and casters
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to style number and specify
leather color number.
Add suffix S to style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 88
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$944
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$484
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 172
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
176
Seating Specification Guide
Protegé 433 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Arms with
Soft Arm Caps
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4333023
d
$557
d
Multi-Use Chairs
Fixed Height
4333013
d
$533
d
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Multi-Use Chairs
Fixed Height
$502
d
Protegé 433 Series
4333003
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
177
Protegé 433 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 170
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Outer back: plastic color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Frame and arms: plastic color
Glides: clear plastic
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather
upholstery
Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to
Protegé seating.
•
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
•
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for base, outer
back, and arms
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to style number and specify
leather color number.
Add suffix S to style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$542
+$311
+$ 50
+$ 17
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back and
outer seat
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back and outer seat
Required to Specify
+$ 88
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$944
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
+$484
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specification Information
Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
Arms with
Soft Arm Caps
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4335023
d
$483
d
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
cDetailed dimensions,
page 172
4335013
d
$459
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
178
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Cachet 487 Series
Work Chairs
Understanding Cachet 487 Series
Details
180
Dimensions
182
Specifying Cachet 487 Series
Swivel-Base Work Chairs
184
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
186
Cushion Upholstery Packages
188
Accessories
191
Work Chairs
Cachet 487 Series
Cachet offers basic ergonomic comfort for people
who have varied tasks and
tend to be in and out of the
office during the day. Features include adjustable seat
height and a unique Balanced-Action Rocker (BAR)
mechanism that allows users
to recline easily without a
manual adjustment. Also featured is the no front-rise
seat—in other words, when
you lean back, the front edge
of the seat doesn’t rise up,
lifting your legs off the floor
and cutting off circulation.
• Rally 457 Series
• Protegé 433 Series
• Cachet 487 Series
Seating Specification Guide
179
Cachet 487 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Cachet chairs are lightweight, extremely comfortable, multipurpose chairs
with a unique BalancedAction Rocker (BAR) mechanism that allows the chair to
recline in response to the
user’s weight.
Flexible, contoured
back and seat have parallel slats that conform to
individual users.
Flip-up arms easily lift
to move out of the way or
to allow for stacking.
Nylon injection-molded
tubular frame provides
strength with minimal
weight.
Balanced-action rocker
(BAR) mechanism
allows every user to fully
recline.
Seat height adjusts
within a 5" range (151⁄ 2"H to
201⁄ 2"H) with a pneumaticadjustment mechanism.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Hard, dual-wheel casters are provided for use on
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
casters are available for
use on hard floors.
180
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Chair bases are available
in two styles—fixed-height
four leg and adjustableheight swivel.
Balanced-action rocker
(BAR) mechanism
allows the user to recline
for optimum comfort.
Upholstered cushions
are available for use on
chair back and seat. Cushions can be specified for
factory installation or
ordered separately for field
installation. When specified
with the chair, cushions are
available for seat and back,
or seat only. When ordered
separately, cushions are
available for seat and back,
seat only, or back only. The
cushions attach to the slats
of back and seat.
Tip: You must specify
plastic outer back color to
match chair.
Hard plastic glides
are standard on leg-base
chairs.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Cachet 487 Series
Soft glides are available
as an option for use on noncarpeted surfaces. The soft
glide is reversible—soft on
one side, hard on the other.
Leg-base chairs stack
five high on the floor and 20
high on the dolly.
Leg-base chairs are
available with or without
flip-up arms. Chairs with or
without arms can be
stacked.
Transport and storage
dolly is available to stack,
move, and store up to
20 leg-base chairs. Swivelbase chairs will not stack.
Unloaded transport
dolly measures 48"D x
23"W x 383⁄4"H.
Fully loaded transport
dolly measures 51"D x
23"W x 783⁄4"H.
Ganging and alignment
device is available to link
leg-base chairs together in
the field for evenly spaced
rows. Chairs can be separated easily. Spacing
between chairs linked with
alignment device is 2".
Tip: You must specify plastic
color of ganging and alignment device to match chairs.
Cachet is recommended
for indoor use only.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials
on page 282 for specific
availability or refer to the
Surface Materials Reference Manual for further
information.
Hard components
(frame, flip-up arms, back,
seat, and base)
• Plastic color
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
• Vinyl
Glides
• Color-matched plastic
on leg-base chair
• Color-matched soft plastic
(option)
Casters
• Hard, black plastic wheels
on swivel-base chair
• Soft, black plastic wheels
(option)
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation Voluntary Upholstered Furniture Flammability Standard,
as well as the State of California Technical Bulletin
117. All standard seating is
labeled to be in compliance
with California TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
. For soil-retardant treatment ..
.
.
cSee the Surface Materials .. “Soil-Retardant Treatment” ..
.
..
Reference Manual for fur. under “Optional Acces.. sories.” Minimums or addi- ..
ther detail about programs
.. tional yardage may be
.
and services offered for
. required. Please contact the ..
seating.
..
.
.. vendor directly for specific ...
The Customer’s Own
. information.
..
Material (COM) Program ..
.
.
offers the opportunity for cus- . Extended lead times may be ..
.
..
tomers to select fabrics that . necessary for this service.
..
are not offered through the ..
.
standard Steelcase surface .. Contact your Steelcase
.
materials program for use on .. Sales Service representative ..
..
Steelcase products. Through .. at 1.888.STEELCASE
..
the COM program, Steelcase .. (1.888.783.3522).
..
..
will test your materials for
. Fire Codes
.
application on Steelcase
..
..
products. Once approved,
.. cSee pages 289–290
.
you can place your order.
. for upholstery fabrics avail- ..
.
.
Steelcase will facilitate the . able for use with FCS
..
entire ordering process and .. modification.
..
give you a production sched- ..
.
..
ule. Steelcase will order the .. Fire Code Seating
.
COM fabric directly from the . (FCS) option is available ..
textile manufacturer. For up- .. on non-upholstered models. ..
..
to-date information regarding .. FCS is also available on
..
fabric test results for all COM .. upholstered models with
fabrics and details regarding .. certain fabric choices only. ..
. cSee Surface Materials,
.
yardage requirements for
.
..
most Seating lines, visit the .. page 282.
..
.
COM Web site. To locate the .
.
.
..
COM Web site:
. Steelcase offers Fire
.
.
• Visit www.steelcase.com . Code Seating modification
. (FCS) on nearly all seating ..
• Click on “Knowledge &
..
..
Design”
.. models. The most rigorous ..
• Select “Customer’s Own
. fire codes in the nation
.
.. have been developed in
..
Material”
.. California, and the Steel..
.
Soil retardants are treat- .. case FCS modification is
..
ments that provide long-term .. designed to meet those
..
.
soil and stain resistance to a . codes. Fire Code Seating
.
.
fabric without affecting the
. (FCS) indicates that a prod- ..
..
shade or the integrity of the .. uct is constructed to meet
..
fabric. The following Steel- .. the strict fire code require.
case Textiles are available .. ments of high public occu..
. pancy areas such as
pre-treated with soil retar..
..
dant. (You do not need to
.. theaters, meeting rooms,
.
select the soil-retardant
. and lobbies. The FCS stan- ..
.
..
option for these fabrics and . dards will meet both the
.. State of California Home
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
. Furnishing Technical Bul.
• Canzoné
..
..
• Cavalcade
.. letin 133 (Cal TB 133) and ..
• Jacks
. Boston Fire Code (BFC).
.
.. Boston adopted the Califor- ..
• Link
.
• Regis
.. nia Home Furnishing Tech- ...
• Rook
.. nical Bulletin TB 133 test
..
• Roulette
.. standard in 1992.
..
• Skittles
..
..
• Spyder
.. Local codes may have
..
• Sweepstakes
.. special requirements for
..
. upholstery.
.
.
..
Soil-retardant treatment is
..
..
available on all other seating .
.
fabrics at an additional $17 ..
..
..
U.S. per seating unit. To
..
..
order this option, please
.
.
..
select “Soil-Retardant Treat- .
.
..
ment” under “Optional
..
.
Accessories.”
..
..
Programs & Services ..
. on COMs, please select
..
.
..
cPage 182
..
.
..
..
Resources
.
..
Printed Materials
cCachet Product Brochure ..
..
(S11527)
..
cAnatomy of a Design
.
(S11473)
..
cSales and Dealer Guide
..
on in2.steelcase.com
.
..
cPlastic Swatch Card
..
(S8752)
.
cSeating Overview
..
(03-0003368)
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
181
Cachet 487 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Cachet 487 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth*
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
341⁄ 4"
193⁄ 8"
167⁄ 8"
163⁄ 8"
175⁄ 8"
181⁄ 2"
183⁄ 4"
8"
321⁄ 8"–
371⁄ 8"
193⁄ 8"
167⁄ 8"
163⁄ 8"
151⁄ 2"–
201⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
183⁄ 4"
8"
Width
Height
23"
25"
Cachet 487 Series
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Fixed-Height
201⁄ 2"
Swivel-Base Work Chairs
Pneumatic
25"
* Seat width dimension is
taken close to the front edge
of the seat. The dimension
closer to the actual sitting
surface is 19".
Overall width
23"W
Back width
181/2"W
Overall depth
201/2"D: Overall depth
167/8"D: Functional seat depth
Width between
arms
181/2"W
Seat-to-back angle
94° to 104°
Seat height
175/8"H
Arm to floor
27"
Overall height
341/4"H
Seat pan angle
5°
Seat width*
163/8"W
Leg–Base Multi-Use Chair
182
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
103⁄ 4"
5°
94°–104°
103⁄ 4"
5°
94°–107°
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
181⁄ 2"
27"
Swivel-Base Work Chairs
181⁄ 2"
25"–30"
Overall width
25"W
Back width
181/2"W
Overall depth
25"D: Overall depth
167/8"D: Functional seat depth
Width between
arms
181/2"W
Seat-to-back angle
94° to 107°
Seat height
151/2"H to 201/2"H
Arm to floor
25"H to 30"H
Cachet 487 Series
Overall height
321/8"H to 371/8"H
Seat pan angle
5°
Seat width*
*
163/8"W
Swivel–Base Work Chair
Seating Specification Guide
183
Cachet 487 Series Swivel-Base
Work Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 180
Options
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
on non-upholstered models. FCS is also available
on upholstered models
with certain fabric choices
only.
cPages 289–290
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
• Balanced-action rocker (BAR) mechanism
• Frame, seat, back, flip-up arms, and five-arm base:
plastic
• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1
• 23⁄ 8" diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel casters:
black plastic
Non-upholstered chair
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Upholstery on seat
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Steelcase leather upholstery
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
+$ 30
Add suffix F to the style number.
No cost
+$ 10
+$ 20
+$ 28
+$ 35
+$ 43
+$ 50
+$ 63
+$ 78
+$ 88
No cost
+$ 75
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 40
+$ 17
Upholstery on seat and back
Fabric price group 1
No cost
+$ 20
Fabric price group 2
+$ 40
Fabric price group 3
+$ 55
Fabric price group 4
+$ 70
Fabric price group 5
+$ 85
Fabric price group 6
+$100
Fabric price group 7
+$125
Fabric price group 8
+$155
Fabric price group 9
+$175
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
No cost
(COM)
• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Casters
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for frame, seat,
back, flip-up arms, and five-arm base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery on
seat and back, or seat, if selected
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
+$ 18
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for
use on hard floors: black plastic
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 182
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
184
Seating Specification Guide
Cachet 487 Series
Swivel-Base Work Chairs
Specification Information
Without Upholstery
With Upholstered Seat
With Upholstered
Seat and Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4871110
d
$500
d
4871210
d
$600
d
4871211
d
$650
d
Cachet 487 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
185
Cachet 487 Series Leg-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
Without Arms or with Flip-Up Arms
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 180
Options
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
on non-upholstered models. FCS is also available
on upholstered models
with certain fabric choices
only.
cPages 289–290
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
• Balanced-action rocker (BAR) mechanism
• Frame, seat, back, and four-leg base: plastic
• Flip-up arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame,
seat, and four-leg base
• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1
• Hard glides: color-matched to frame
Non-upholstered chair
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Upholstery on seat
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Steelcase leather upholstery
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
+$ 30
Add suffix F to the style number.
No cost
+$ 10
+$ 20
+$ 28
+$ 35
+$ 43
+$ 50
+$ 63
+$ 78
+$ 88
No cost
+$ 75
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 40
+$ 17
Upholstery on seat and back
Fabric price group 1
No cost
+$ 20
Fabric price group 2
+$ 40
Fabric price group 3
+$ 55
Fabric price group 4
+$ 70
Fabric price group 5
+$ 85
Fabric price group 6
+$100
Fabric price group 7
+$125
Fabric price group 8
+$155
Fabric price group 9
+$175
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
No cost
(COM)
• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Glides
cDetailed dimensions,
page 182
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number for frame, seat,
back, four-leg base, and flip-up arms,
if selected
3 Fabric color number for upholstery on
seat and back, or seat, if selected
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
• Soft glides: color matched
to frame
+$ 10
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with soft glides.
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
186
Seating Specification Guide
Cachet 487 Series
Leg-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
Without Upholstery
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Upholstered Seat
With Upholstered
Seat and Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4878200
d
$400
d
4878201
d
$450
d
Without Arms
4878100
d
$300
d
Without Upholstery
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Upholstered Seat
With Upholstered
Seat and Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
4878210
d
$480
d
4878211
d
$530
d
With Flip-Up Arms
4878110
d
$380
d
Cachet 487 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
187
Cushion Upholstery Packages
Cushion Upholstery Package for Back and Seat
for Use on Leg-Base and Swivel Models
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of one seat and one back cushion
• Cushion upholstery for seat and back: fabric
price group 1
• Outer back: plastic to match chair
Surface
Materials
Tip: To comply with FCS
requirements, both the chair
and the cushion(s) must be
specified with the FCS
option.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
No cost
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$150
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$ 20
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Specify plastic color of back to match
chair
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 1 Back Cushion and 1 Seat Cushion
487STBK $225
d
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 182
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
188
Seating Specification Guide
Cushion Upholstery
Packages
Cushion Upholstery Package for Back
for Use on Leg-Base and Swivel Models
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• One back cushion
• Cushion upholstery for back: fabric price group 1
• Outer back: plastic to match chair
Surface
Materials
Tip: To comply with FCS
requirements, both the chair
and the cushion(s) must be
specified with the FCS
option.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number for cushion
3 Specify plastic color of back to match
chair
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$10
+$20
+$28
+$35
+$43
+$50
+$63
+$78
+$88
No cost
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$75
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$10
+$17
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
487BK
d
$125
d
Cachet 487 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
cCushion Upholstery Packages, continued 189
Cushion Upholstery Packages, continued
Cushion Upholstery Package for Seat
for Use on Leg-Base and Swivel Models
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• One seat cushion
• Cushion upholstery for seat: fabric price group 1
Surface
Materials
Tip: To comply with FCS
requirements, both the chair
and the cushion(s) must be
specified with the FCS
option.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$10
+$20
+$28
+$35
+$43
+$50
+$63
+$78
+$88
No cost
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$75
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
No cost
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$10
+$17
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number for cushion
3 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
487ST
d
$125
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 182
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
190
Seating Specification Guide
Cachet 487 Series
Accessories
Cachet 487 Series Accessories
Transport and Storage Dolly
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 181
• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
487D
d
$400
d
Tip: Transport and storage
dolly is for leg-base chairs
only.
Ganging and Alignment Devices
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 181
• Carton of 5 devices: color matched to frame
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Plastic color number to match chair
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
Tip: Ganging and alignment
devices are for leg-base
chairs only.
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
487G
d
$40
d
Cachet 487 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
191
192
Seating Specification Guide
Leap High Density
(HD) chairs and stools
are scaled to allow a seat
width 1" narrower than
Leap 462 Series Work
Chairs while reducing
overall lateral width by 4".
Plan with Leap HD for
environments where space
constraints are an issue.
cSee page 198 for specific
dimensional comparisons.
Understanding Leap 462 Series High Density
Details
194
Dimensions
198
Specifying Leap 462 Series High Density
Ribbon Backframe Work Chairs
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
200
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
202
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
204
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
206
Ribbon Backframe Stools
Work Chairs
Highly adjustable task
seating offers maximum
personalization for people
who sit most of the day
performing repetitive
tasks. By making a series
of simple adjustments, you
can customize the chair to
your body, preferences,
and tasks. These chairs
provide continuous, stable,
task-oriented comfort, and
can be quickly adjusted to
support you in upright, forward, and reclining work
postures.
cSee page 11 for
a comparison to
other chairs.
210
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
212
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
214
Pillowed Upholstery Packages
216
Vest Packages
219
Leap
462
Series
HD
Mechanisms
Natural glide
•
Seat Adjustments
Pneumatic height
Seat edge angle
Seat depth
•
•
•
Back Adjustments
Lower back firmness
Upper back tension
Variable back stop
•
•
•
•
Arm Adjustments
Arm height
Arm width
Arm pivot
Seating Specification Guide
208
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
Adjustability Features
Lumbar height
• Leap 462 Series
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
• Criterion 453 Series
• Drive 461 Series
• Jersey Series
• Sensor 458 Series
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
•
•
•
193
Leap 462 Series HD
Understanding and
Specifying Leap 462 Series
High Density
Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series High Density
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap High Density (HD)
chairs and stools are scaled
to allow a seat width 1"
narrower than Leap 462
Series Work Chairs while
reducing overall lateral
width by 4". Plan with Leap
HD for environments where
space constraints are an
issue.
cSee page 198 for specific
dimensional comparisons.
Outer back and outer
seat are plastic.
Lumbar height 5" of additional lower back support
is available as an option
on chairs and stools with
standard upholstery only.
Arm height can adjust
independently within a 4"
range to help relieve upper
back and shoulder fatigue.
Seat depth adjusts
within a 3" range on work
chairs. Stools adjust within
a 21⁄4" range. Fixed seat
depth models are also
available.
Five-arm base is
standard.
Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly
on carpets. They are 3" for
increased mobility. Soft,
dual-wheel casters are
available for use on hard
floors or chair mats. Stools
are standard with 2" hard
casters. Soft casters are
available as an option.
194
Arm width can adjust
within a 21⁄ 2" range for each
arm to provide forearm
support in neutral position.
Arm caps can pivot
independently 12° in and
21° out to accommodate
individual user preferences.
Seat edge angle allows
the front edge of the seat to
drop down close to 2",
relieving pressure behind
the thighs.
Lower back firmness
changes the amount of
firmness user feels in lower
back. Requires only two
complete turns.
Upper back force
requires only five complete
turns and accommodates a
broader range of users by
allowing user to change the
rate of increase in force as
the user reclines.
Seat height on chairs
adjusts within a 5" range
with a pneumatic adjustment mechanism. A 7"
range is available as an
option. Stools have an 8"
range.
Variable back stop with
five positions is standard.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series
High Density
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Parallel slats in back
shell provide extensive flexi- ..
.
bility to allow back to con..
form to individual users.
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
HD arm
.
• Soft urethane, see-through ..
..
.
Models are available with
.
fixed seats or with adjustable ..
..
seats which include seat
..
depth and seat edge
..
angle.
.
..
Adjustability instruc..
tions are included with
.
..
every chair.
..
Controls under the seat
.
..
include tactile braille
..
designators.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
..
Adjustment Features
..
..
Seat Adjustments
..
.
..
..
.
..
.. 1"
5"
2"
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.. Seat depth adjusts 3"
. (151⁄4"–181⁄4") by pulling
.. handle up. Slide seat forSeat height adjusts
pneumatically. To lower, .. ward or back to accommohold handle up while seated. .. date various leg lengths.
To raise, hold handle up and .. Release handle to lock.
. This feature is standard on
keep your weight off the
.
chair. Range of adjustability .. work chairs and stools.
is 5" from 15"H to 20"H and .. Stools and armless chairs
is standard on work chairs. .. adjust 21⁄4" (151⁄4"–171⁄2").
..
A 7" range of adjustability
(153⁄4"H to 221⁄4"H) is avail- .. Back Adjustments
..
able as an option. An 8"
range of adjustability (22"H ..
.
to 30"H) is available on
..
stools.
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
. Lumbar height adjusts 5"
..
.. (51⁄4" to 101⁄4" from seat) by
. grabbing exposed tabs and
.. sliding the lumbar support
.. up or down. This 5" range
. feature is available as an
..
Seat edge angle
. option on work chairs and
adjusts by pulling handle . stools with standard uphol.
up and shifting your weight . stery only.
..
forward to front edge of
..
seat to alter front edge by
.
close to 2". Release handle .
.
to lock. This feature is stan- .
..
dard on work chairs and
..
stools.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
. Lower back firmness
.. adjusts by turning knob two
.. complete turns. Forward
. increases firmness. Back..
.. ward decreases firmness.
. This feature is standard on
.. work chairs and stools.
..
.
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Upper back force
adjusts by turning knob
five complete turns. Turn
knob forward to increase
rate of tension; backward to
decrease. This feature is
standard on work chairs
and stools.
Variable back stop.
Rotate handle up or down to
set recline angle. Lean back
to desired back angle. Five
stops are available. This
feature is standard on work
chairs and stools.
Tip: To stop in upright position, remove weight from
back and rotate lever up.
Arm Adjustments
Soft urethane, seethrough, height-,
width-, and pivotadjustable arms come
standard on HD work chairs
and stools. Work chairs
and stools without arms
are available as an option.
4"
Arm height adjusts independently within a range of 4"
(7"–11" from the seat). Push
button on outside and under
arm cap in while moving arms
up or down. Releasing buttons locks arms in position.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
21/2"
21/2"
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
Arm width adjusts 21⁄ 2"
..
each independently.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Arms pivot 12° in and 21° ..
.
out independently. Grasp
.
arm and push front to left or ..
1
..
right. Range is 12 ⁄ 2" to
..
193⁄4" between arms.
..
Arm packages available ..
.
for easy retrofit can be
..
ordered from Customer
.
..
Service Parts.
..
.
Other Features
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
4"
.
..
..
..
.
Foot ring height on
.
stools adjusts by first lifting .
.
ring and rotating it counter- .
.
clockwise to unlock it. Then .
.
raise or lower ring up to 4" to .
.
desired position before rotat- .
..
ing it clockwise to lock it.
..
Soft-wheel casters for .
..
hard floors are available
..
for specific applications.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
cLeap 462 Series High Density, continued 195
Leap 462 Series HD
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series High Density, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
Hard components
(base, outer back, outer
seat, and foot ring on
stools)
• 6205 Black
• 6296 Sterling
Arms
• Soft urethane caps:
6205 Black only
Vest
• 5056 Black
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation Voluntary Upholstered Furniture Flammability Standard,
as well as the State of California Technical Bulletin
117. All standard seating is
labeled to be in compliance
with California TB117.
196
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
..
Reference Manual for fur..
ther detail about programs
..
and services offered for
.
seating.
..
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
are not offered through the ..
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
.
application on Steelcase
..
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
.
Steelcase will facilitate the ..
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
.
yardage requirements for
.
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com ..
.
• Click on “Services”
..
• Select “Steelcase COM
.
(Customer’s Own Materials)” ..
..
from the pull-down menu
..
• Click on the “Go” button
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
Soil retardants are treatments that provide long-term
soil and stain resistance to a
fabric without affecting the
shade or the integrity of the
fabric. The following Steelcase Textiles are available
pre-treated with soil retardant. (You do not need to
select the soil-retardant
option for these fabrics and
incur the $17 upcharge.)
• Canzoné
• Cavalcade
• Jacks
• Link
• Regis
• Rook
• Roulette
• Skittles
• Spyder
• Sweepstakes
Soil-retardant treatment is
available on all other seating
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To
order this option, please
select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under “Optional
Accessories.”
For soil-retardant treatment
on COMs, please select
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” Minimums or additional yardage may be
required. Please contact the
vendor directly for specific
information.
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
Contact your Steelcase
Sales Service representative
or contact Line 1 at
1.888.STEELCASE
(1.888.783.3522).
Fire Codes
cSee pages 289–290
for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCS
modification.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Steelcase offers Fire
Code Seating modification
(FCS) on nearly all seating
models. The most rigorous
fire codes in the nation
have been developed in
California, and the Steelcase FCS modification is
designed to meet those
codes. Fire Code Seating
(FCS) indicates that a product is constructed to meet
the strict fire code requirements of high public occupancy areas such as
theaters, meeting rooms,
and lobbies. The FCS standards will meet both the
State of California Home
Furnishing Technical Bulletin 133 (Cal TB 133) and
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
Boston adopted the California Home Furnishing Technical Bulletin TB 133 test
standard in 1992.
Local codes may have
special requirements for
upholstery.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
cPage 198
..
.
..
..
Shipping
.
.
Leap HD chairs are shipped .
..
cartoned. Uncartoned
..
chairs are not available.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density
..
.
..
Printed Materials
..
cLeap Brochure
.
..
(03-0003669)
..
cWhy Leap (S11014)
cLeap Overview Positioning ..
..
Piece (S11016)
.
cLeap White Paper
..
Packets (S11019)
.
cLeap Work Effectiveness ..
..
Study White Papers
..
(02-0001642)
.
cLeap Quick Reference
..
Pocket Card (S11042)
..
cLeap User Guide
.
..
(S11236)
..
cSeating Overview
.
(03-0003368)
..
..
Computer Tools
.
.
cInteractive User Guide
..
available on
..
www.steelcase.com
.
..
cElectronic User Disk
..
(S2305)—Windows
cLeap CD-ROM (S11015) ..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
Seating Specification Guide
Applications
Standard Upholstery
cPage 16
Pillowed Upholstery
cPage 17
Bare-Back
cPage 18
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
197
Leap 462 Series HD
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Leap 462 Series High Density
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat Depth
d(with Arms)
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
Leap 462 Series High Density Work Chairs
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4"
to 243⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
381⁄ 2" to 441⁄ 2"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 181⁄4"
19"
15" to 20"
18"
241⁄ 2"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
381⁄ 2" to 441⁄ 2"
19"
161⁄ 4"
19"
15" to 20"
18"
241⁄ 2"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Work Chairs for Comparison
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4"
to 243⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
37" to 43"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 181⁄4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
37" to 43"
19"
161⁄ 4"
20"
15" to 20"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Leap 462 Series High Density Stools
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4" to 24" 251⁄ 2"
431⁄ 2" to 511⁄ 2"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 171⁄ 2"
19"
22" to 30"
18"
241⁄ 2"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
431⁄ 2" to 511⁄ 2"
19"
161⁄ 4"
19"
22" to 30"
18"
241⁄ 2"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
Leap 462 Series Full-Back Stools for Comparison
Adjustable Seat
Depth
213⁄ 4" to 24" 291⁄ 4"
42" to 50"
19"
151⁄ 4" to 171⁄ 2"
20"
22" to 30"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
Fixed Seat
Depth
233⁄ 4"
42" to 50"
19"
161⁄ 4"
20"
22" to 30"
19"
23"
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
291⁄ 4"
Functional seat depth
measurements were
taken with Leap’s Live
Back unflexed. If fully
flexed, the functional seat
depth measurements on
the adjustable seat depth
models are 141⁄ 2"–19" and
161⁄ 4"–171⁄ 4" on the fixed
seat depth models.
Dimensions were measured with BIFMA CMD.
Seat depth measurement is simply the size of
the seat from front to back.
Chairs without the
seat edge angle
adjustment have a
flexing front seat edge
of approximately 1⁄2".
Chairs with the seat
edge angle adjustment allow the front
edge of the seat to drop
approximately 2".
Arm width adjustment
is 121⁄ 2"–191⁄ 4".
198
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DArm Cap
dPivot
dRange
d
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
121⁄ 2" to 193⁄4"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
33°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
121⁄ 2" to 193⁄ 4"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
33°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
121⁄ 4" to 21"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
35°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄ 4"
121⁄ 4" to 21"
22" to 32"
7" to 11"
35°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
121⁄ 2" to 193⁄ 4"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
33°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
121⁄ 2" to 193⁄ 4"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
33°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
121⁄ 4" to 21"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
35°
–6° to 3°
99° to 118°
51⁄ 4" to 101⁄4"
121⁄ 4" to 21"
28" to 40"
7" to 11"
35°
0° to 3°
99° to 118°
Leap 462 Series HD
DLumbar
dFlex
dZone
d
Overall width
251/2"W
Overall depth
213/4"D to 243/4"D: Adjustable seat depth
233/4"D: Fixed seat depth
Back width
18"W
Width between
arms
121/2"W to 193/4"W
Seat-to-back angle
99° to 118°
Arm to floor
22"H to 32"H: HD Work chair
28"H to 40"H: HD stool
Overall height
381/2"H to 441/2"H: HD Work chair
431/2"H to 511/2"H: HD stool
51/4"H to 101/4"H
Seat height
15"H to 20"H: HD Work chair
153/4"H to 221/4"H: HD Work chair with
7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
22"H to 30"H: HD stool
Seat pan angle
– 6° to 3°: Adjustable seat depth
0° to 3°: Fixed seat depth
Back lumbar height
Seat width
19"W
Seating Specification Guide
199
Leap 462 Series High Density Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or
Designtex Graded-In.
There is a $30 U.S.
upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-In
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics
with stitched edge detail on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• With 3" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable seat: 3" seat depth adjustment and seat edge
angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
200
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462LEAPHD1
d
$1138
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
201
Leap 462 Series High Density Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
•
•
Surface
Materials
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$250
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$100
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• With 3" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable seat: 3" seat depth adjustment and seat edge
angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure back and seat pillows
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
202
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462LEAPHD2
d
$1238
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
203
Leap 462 Series High Density Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable seat: 3" seat depth adjustment and seat edge
angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$300
• Steelcase vinyl
+$155
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$155
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• With 3" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$ 40
Specify with vest.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
204
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462LEAPHD3
d
$1138
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
205
Leap 462 Series High Density Work Chairs
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
•
•
Surface
Materials
Required to Specify
Upper back force
5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base: plastic
Adjustable seat: 3" seat depth adjustment and seat edge
angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure seat pillow
3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to speciy.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$125
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$ 50
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Seat Height
• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
+$ 35
Specify with 7" pneumatic seatheight adjustment.
Seat Depth
• With 3" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use
on hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$ 40
Specify with vest.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
206
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Work Chairs
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462LEAPHD4
d
$1188
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
207
Leap 462 Series High Density Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Use an X suffix when
specifying COM or
Designtex Graded-In.
There is a $30 U.S.
upcharge plus the cost
of the fabric price group
selected.
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
or Designtex Graded-In
Steelcase leather upholstery
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
+$590
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Add suffix X to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase vinyl
+$299
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$299
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Stitched Edge
Detail
• Steelcase Classics Collection fabrics
with stitched edge detail on back only
+$ 30
Add suffix X to the style number.
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Seat Depth
• With 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Lumbar Height
• 5" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
Adjustable seat: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment and seat
edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
+$ 18
Specify with adjustable lumbar height.
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
208
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High-Density Stools
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462STLHD1
d
$1325
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
209
Leap 462 Series High Density Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Pillowed Upholstery on Back and Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer
back, and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat and back
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$250
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$100
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Seat Depth
• With 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
Adjustable seat: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment and seat
edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure back and seat pillows
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
210
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Stools
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462STLHD2
d
$1425
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
211
Leap 462 Series High Density Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Standard Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base:
plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
Adjustable seat: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment and seat
edge angle adjustment
Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$300
• Steelcase vinyl
+$155
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$155
• Soil-retardant treatment applied to
upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Seat Depth
• With 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$ 40
Specify with vest.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
212
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Stools
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462STLHD3
d
$1325
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
213
Leap 462 Series High Density Stools
Ribbon Backframe
Bare-Back and Pillowed Upholstery on Seat
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 194
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Upper back force
8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment
Variable back stop
Lower back firmness
Flexing front edge seat
High density see-through independent height-, width-, and
pivot-adjustable arms and soft urethane arm caps: black
Frame, seat shell, back, and five-arm base: plastic
Adjustable foot ring 4"
Adjustable seat: 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment and seat
edge angle adjustment
Pillowed upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1
Performance fabric to secure seat pillow
2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black
Options
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
cost
10
20
28
35
43
50
63
78
88
15
1 Style number
2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, back,
and base
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
on seat
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number.and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number.and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$125
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$ 50
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 17
Armless
• Without arms
–$225
Specify without arms.
Fixed Seat
• Without adjustable seat
(no seat depth or seat edge angle)
–$150
Specify with fixed seat.
Seat Depth
• With 21⁄4" seat depth adjustment only
–$ 50
Specify with seat depth adjustment only.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on
hard floors
+$ 18
Specify with soft casters.
Vest
• Vest for use on bare-back:
5056 Black only
+$ 40
Specify with vest.
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 198
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
214
Seating Specification Guide
Leap 462 Series
High Density Stools
Leap 462 Series HD
Specification Information
HD Back
with Height-, Width-, and PivotAdjustable Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
With Adjustable Seat (Seat Depth and Seat Edge Angle)
462STLHD4
d
$1375
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
215
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Leap HD
Pillow Upholstery Packages for Back and Seat
for Use on Leap HD Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four back and four seat pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure back and seat
Surface
Materials
Tip: Pillow packages are sold
in quantities of four.
To order individual pillows,
contact Customer Service
Parts.
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
+$
• Steelcase leather upholstery
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
cost
80
160
220
280
340
400
500
620
700
120
+$1000
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$ 400
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$
+$
50
68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Back Pillows and 4 Seat Pillows for HD
HD Back
462PLWSTHD
d
216
$800
d
Seating Specification Guide
Pillowed Upholstery
Packages for Leap HD
for Use on Leap HD Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four back pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure back
Tip: Pillow packages are sold
in quantities of four.
To order individual pillows,
contact Customer Service
Parts.
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 40
+$ 80
+$110
+$140
+$170
+$200
+$250
+$310
+$350
+$ 60
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$500
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$200
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$ 50
+$ 68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Back Pillows for HD
HD Back
462PLWHD
d
$400
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
cPillowed Upholstery Packages for Leap HD, continued 217
Leap 462 Series HD
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Back
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Leap HD, continued
Pillowed Upholstery Packages for Seat
for Use on Leap HD Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Standard Includes
Required to Specify
• Package of four seat pillows
• Pillowed upholstery design: fabric price group 1
• Performance fabric to secure seat
Tip: Pillow packages are
sold in quantities of four.
To order individual pillows,
contact Customer Service
Parts.
Surface
Materials
Tip: Always add suffixes
in alphabetical order when
specifying options to Leap
seating.
Tip: To maintain FCS compliance on Leap chairs, both
the original chair and the
replacement seat and back
cushions must be specified
with the FCS option. A Leap
FCS chair is identified with
an FCS label on the underside of the chair.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
U.S. Price
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material (COM)
No cost
+$ 40
+$ 80
+$110
+$140
+$170
+$200
+$250
+$310
+$350
+$ 60
• Steelcase leather upholstery
+$500
• Steelcase vinyl
No cost
• Customer’s Own Leather (COL)
+$200
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
+$ 50
+$ 68
1 Style number
2 Fabric color number
3 Plastic color number of chair (determines performance fabric color)
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
S Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Seat Pillows for HD
462PSTHD
d
$400
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
218
Seating Specification Guide
Vest Packages for Bare-Back
Vest Packages
for Bare-Back
for Use on Leap HD Ribbon Backframe Chairs with Pillowed Upholstery Option Only
Leap 462 Series HD
Standard Includes
• Package of four vests:
5056 Black only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Package of 4 Vests for HD
HD Back
462VESTHD
d
$160
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
219
220
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Ally 463 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Understanding Ally 463 Series
222
Dimensions
224
Specifying Ally 463 Series
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
226
Multi-Use Chairs
Multi-use chairs are
suitable for use as occasional seating within team
spaces, workstations,
offices, or wherever extra
seating is required.
• Ally 463 Series
• Player 475 Series
• Snodgrass 474 Series
cFor additional multi-use
chairs, see page 252.
Seating Specification Guide
221
Ally 463 Series
Details
Ally 463 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chair
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally is a multi-use chair with
a flexing frame and pivoting
back. The chair stacks and
offers exceptional comfort
for use in side/guest and
team applications.
Back pivots for added
comfort. Outer back is
available in plastic or
fully upholstered.
Arms slope downward
and will easily clear the
front edge of a worksurface
or table. The arms are
urethane covered.
Steel frame flexes to
give added comfort and is
available in monochromatic
colors.
Plastic glides with a
stainless steel insert are
standard.
222
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Chairs with arms stack
..
three high. Chairs without
.
..
arms stack four high.
..
.
Plastic glides with
..
stainless steel inserts are
.
recommended for carpeted ..
..
surfaces only.
..
..
Soft glides are available
..
for non-carpeted surfaces.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Ally 463 Series
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chair
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface Materials Reference
Manual for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Leather
Frame
• 6205 Black
• 6259 Midnight
• 6296 Sterling
Outer back, arms, and
glides will be Black if you
select a Black or Sterling
frame. These components
will be Midnight if you specify a Midnight frame.
Glides
• Stainless steel
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation Voluntary Upholstered Furniture Flammability Standard,
as well as the State of California Technical Bulletin
117. All standard seating is
labeled to be in compliance
with California TB117.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
Programs & Services ..
. available on all other seating .
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
are not offered through the ..
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
.
application on Steelcase
..
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
.
Steelcase will facilitate the ..
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
.
yardage requirements for
.
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
• Visit www.steelcase.com ..
.
• Click on “Knowledge &
..
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
.
..
Material”
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
..
fabric without affecting the
shade or the integrity of the ..
fabric. The following Steel- ..
case Textiles are available ..
.
pre-treated with soil retar..
dant. (You do not need to
..
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
.
• Canzoné
..
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
.
..
• Link
..
• Regis
.
• Rook
..
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
cSee the Surface Materials
Reference Manual for further detail about programs
and services offered for
seating.
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To
order this option, please
select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under “Optional
Accessories.”
For soil-retardant treatment
on COMs, please select
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” Minimums or additional yardage may be
required. Please contact the
vendor directly for specific
information.
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
Contact your Steelcase
Sales Service representative
at 1.888.STEELCASE
(1.888.783.3522).
Fire Codes
cSee pages 289–290
for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCS
modification.
Steelcase offers Fire
Code Seating modification
(FCS) on nearly all seating
models. The most rigorous
fire codes in the nation
have been developed in
California, and the Steelcase FCS modification is
designed to meet those
codes. Fire Code Seating
(FCS) indicates that a product is constructed to meet
the strict fire code requirements of high public occupancy areas such as
theaters, meeting rooms,
and lobbies. The FCS standards will meet both the
State of California Home
Furnishing Technical Bulletin 133 (Cal TB 133) and
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
Boston adopted the California Home Furnishing Technical Bulletin TB 133 test
standard in 1992.
Local codes may have
special requirements for
upholstery.
.. cPage 224
..
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
Printed Materials
cAlly Brochure (S11024)
cStackable Seating
Brochure (02-0002354)
cSeating Overview
(03-0003368)
223
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally 463 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Ally 463 Series
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
Ally 463 Series
Chair with Arms
241⁄ 2"
233⁄ 4"
333⁄ 4"
20"
171⁄ 4"
181⁄ 8"
173⁄ 4"
201⁄ 2"
333⁄ 4"
20"
171⁄ 4"
181⁄ 8"
173⁄ 4"
201⁄ 2"
Chair without Arms
241⁄ 2"
224
211⁄ 8"
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
Chair with Arms
171⁄ 2"
91⁄ 2"
265⁄ 8"
3°
181⁄ 2"
9" to 91⁄ 4"
96°
265⁄ 8"
3°
181⁄ 2"
9" to 91⁄ 4"
96°
Chair without Arms
171⁄ 2"
91⁄ 2"
Ally 463 Series
Seating Specification Guide
225
Ally 463 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 222
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tip: Always add suffixes in
alphabetical order when
specifying options to Ally
seating.
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
U.S. Price
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Steelcase leather upholstery
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$100
• Steelcase vinyl
+$100
• Fire Code Seating (FCS)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$ 50
+$ 17
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$ 40
Required to Specify
Add suffix U to the style number.
+$435
Add suffix SU to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix SU to the style number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
+$150
+$
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix S to the style number and
specify vinyl color number.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$330
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL)
Fully upholstered
• Fabric fully upholstered
outer back
• Steelcase leather fully
upholstered outer back
• Customer’s Own Leather
(COL) fully upholstered
outer back
Glides
Required to Specify
Flexing frame: monochromatic color
Pivoting back
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Arms and glides: 6205 Black arms and glides for
6205 Black and 6296 Sterling frames. 6259 Midnight
arms and glides for 6259 Midnight frames.
5
Specify with soft glides.
Specification Information
With Arms
cDetailed dimensions,
page 224
Without Arms
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
463482
d
$410
d
463480
d
$350
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
226
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Player 475 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Understanding Player 475 Series
Details
228
Dimensions
230
Specifying Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
232
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
236
Leg-Base Stools
240
Accessories
242
Player 475 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Multi-use chairs are
suitable for use as occasional seating within team
spaces, workstations,
offices, or wherever extra
seating is required.
• Ally 463 Series
• Player 475 Series
• Snodgrass 474 Series
cFor additional multi-use
chairs, see page 252.
Seating Specification Guide
227
Player 475 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Player chairs are guest
chairs that also stack. Strength
features in the back, arms,
and back legs make Player a
logical choice for high-traffic
areas, and its simple, classic
design complements a broad
range of work settings.
Arms slope downward
and will easily clear the
front edge of a worksurface
or table. Arms are available
in smooth or textured finish.
Steel frame is
monochromatic.
228
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
Back and seat, including .
.
..
outer back, are fully upholstered. High-back and thick- .
..
seat options are available.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Plastic glides with a
.
..
stainless steel insert are
..
standard.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
Casters have hard, dual
..
wheels that roll smoothly on
..
carpets. Soft, dual-wheel
..
casters are available for use
.
on hard floor or chair mats.
..
Casters available in black
..
only.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Chair models are available with a leg-base or a
sled-base. Stools are available with a leg-base. The leg
base arms are available with
casters. Chairs and stools
are available with several
features such as arms,
tablet arms, bookrack, high
back, and thick seat.
Stackability for leg-base
models is six high on the
floor and eight high on the
transport and storage dolly.
Leg-base models with casters are not recommended to
stack as damage to arms
may occur. Sled-base models, stools, and chairs with
tablet arms and bookracks
will not stack.
High-back option, available on all Player chairs
and stools, adds 3" to back
height. Top edge is slightly
rounded. Stackability is not
affected.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Player 475 Series
Thick-seat option, available on all Player chairs and
stools, increases the thickness of the seat cushion by
approximately 1⁄ 2". Stackability is not affected.
Tablet arm is available
right hand and left hand and
is shipped knocked down
(K.D.). Tablet arm tilts for
easy entrance and exit from
chair. Tablet arm measures
251⁄ 2" x 131⁄ 2". Tablet arm is
not available to order separately for installation on existing chairs.
Bookrack is available
factory- or field-installed for
convenient storage of notebooks and purses. Bookrack
measures 10"D x 151⁄ 2"W x
6"H. Field-installed bookrack
will not fit chairs manufactured before January 1,
1994.
Plastic glides, with
stainless steel inserts on
leg-base Player chairs, are
recommended for carpeted
surfaces only.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
Alignment device is
.
available to temporarily link ..
..
chairs together for evenly
spaced rows. Chairs can be ..
.
unlinked easily. Spacing
..
between chairs linked with
..
alignment device is 57⁄ 8".
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
Ganging device is avail- ..
..
able to link chairs on a
..
more permanent basis. It
.
attaches to the chair’s side
..
frame at the same points
..
as a bookrack. Spacing
.
..
between chairs linked with
..
the ganging device is
.
approximately 9".
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
Transport and storage ..
.
dolly is available to stack,
.
move, and store up to eight ..
chairs with or without arms. ..
Without the dolly, chairs will ..
..
stack up to six high. Sled..
base models, stools, and
.
chairs with tablet arms or
..
bookracks will not stack.
..
.
..
Fully loaded trans..
port dolly measures
323⁄ 4"D x 251⁄ 2"W x 553⁄ 4"H. ..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Soft glides are available
on Player chairs for non-carpeted surfaces.
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil-retardant
treatment (option)
• Vinyl
Hard components
(arms, frames, and
sled base)
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers can be applied to
all hard components.
Arms
• Smooth plastic
• Textured plastic
Bookrack
• Paint to match the frame
color
Tablet arms
• Laminate
Casters
• Black only
Glides
• Plastic with stainless steel
inserts
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
Soil-retardant treatment is
.
available on all other seating ..
..
fabrics at an additional $17
U.S. per seating unit. To order ..
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
under “Optional Accessories.” ..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
..
yardage may be required.
.
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
.
tion.
.
..
..
..
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
..
1.888.STEELCASE
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
..
for upholstery fabrics avail.
.
able for use with FCS
..
modification.
..
.
.
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
..
in the nation have been
.
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
.
tion is designed to meet
..
those codes. Fire Code
.
.
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
..
a product is constructed to
.
meet the strict fire code
..
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
..
theaters, meeting rooms,
.
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
..
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
..
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
..
Boston adopted the
.
California Home Furnishing .
.
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
..
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
.
upholstery.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
..
.
cPage 230
..
..
..
Resources
..
..
Printed Materials
cPlayer Brochure (S11349) .
..
cStackable Seating
..
Brochure (02-0002354)
.
..
cSeating Overview
..
(03-0003368)
.
..
..
.
..
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
229
Player 475 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Player 475 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
Width
Height
251⁄ 2"
301⁄ 4"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
181⁄ 4"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
20"
301⁄ 4"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
181⁄ 4"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
301⁄ 4"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
18"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
20"
301⁄ 4"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
18"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
251⁄ 2"
42"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
291⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
42"
193⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
291⁄ 2"
181⁄ 2"
133⁄ 4"
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Chair with Arms
211⁄ 4"
Leg-Base Chair without Arms
211⁄ 4"
Sled-Base Chair with Arms
211⁄ 4"
Sled-Base Chair without Arms
211⁄ 4"
Leg-Base Stool with Arms
211⁄ 4"
Leg-Base Stool without Arms
211⁄ 4"
230
20"
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
Leg-Base Chair with Arms
71⁄ 4"
201⁄ 2"
251⁄ 4"
83⁄ 8"
4°
95°
N.A.
4°
95°
83⁄ 8"
4°
95°
N.A.
4°
95°
83⁄ 8"
4°
95°
N.A.
4°
95°
Leg-Base Chair without Arms
71⁄ 4"
N.A.
N.A.
Sled-Base Chair with Arms
71⁄ 4"
201⁄ 2"
251⁄ 4"
Sled-Base Chair without Arms
71⁄ 4"
N.A.
N.A.
Leg-Base Stool with Arms
71⁄ 4"
201⁄ 2"
361⁄ 2"
Leg-Base Stool without Arms
71⁄ 4"
N.A.
N.A.
Player 475 Series
Seating Specification Guide
231
Player 475 Series Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
with Open Arms or without Arms
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 228
Tip: Color choices are
limited for chairs with
textured plastic arms.
cPage 292
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame: monochromatic color
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Bookrack, if selected: will match frame color
Glides, if selected: plastic with stainless steel inserts
Hard composition, dual-wheel casters, if selected; black
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from
seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Back and
Seat
• High back
• Thick seat
• High back and thick seat
+$ 27
+$ 27
+$ 54
Specify with high back.
Specify with thick seat.
Specify with high back and thick seat.
Glides
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
Specify with soft glides.
Casters
• Soft, dual-wheel casters
for use on hard floors
+$ 18
5
Specify with soft casters.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 230
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
232
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Smooth Plastic Arms
With Glides
475412M
$273
With Glides and Bookrack
475412MB
$331
With Casters
475412MC
d
$313
d
Player 475 Series
Textured Plastic Arms
With Glides
475415M
$273
With Glides and Bookrack
475415MB
$331
With Casters
475415MC
$313
d
d
Without Arms
With Glides
475410M
$249
With Glides and Bookrack
475410MB
d
$307
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
233
Player 475 Series Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
with Tablet Arm
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 228
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame: monochromatic color
Tablet arm: laminate
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Bookrack, if selected: will match frame color
Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from
seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Laminate color number for tablet arm
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Back and
Seat
• High back
• Thick seat
• High back and thick seat
+$ 27
+$ 27
+$ 54
Specify with high back.
Specify with thick seat.
Specify with high back and thick seat.
Glides
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
Specify with soft glides.
5
cDetailed dimensions,
page 230
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
234
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Right-Hand Tablet Arm
475410MTR
$389
With Bookrack
475410MTRB
d
$447
d
Left-Hand Tablet Arm
475410MTL
$389
Player 475 Series
With Bookrack
475410MTLB
d
$447
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
235
Player 475 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
with Open Arms or without Arms
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 228
Tip: Color choices are
limited for chairs with
textured plastic arms.
cPage 292
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame: monochromatic color
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Bookrack, if selected: will match frame color
Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from
seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Back and
Seat
• High back
• Thick seat
• High back and thick seat
+$ 27
+$ 27
+$ 54
Specify with high back.
Specify with thick seat.
Specify with high back and thick seat.
Glides
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
Specify with soft glides.
5
cDetailed dimensions,
page 230
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
236
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Smooth Plastic Arms
475482M
$352
With Bookrack
475482MB
d
$410
d
Textured Plastic Arms
475485M
$352
475485MB
d
Player 475 Series
With Bookrack
$410
d
Without Arms
475480M
$328
With Bookrack
475480MB
d
$386
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
237
Player 475 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs
with Tablet Arm
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 228
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame: monochromatic color
Tablet arm: laminate
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Bookrack, if selected: will match frame color
Glides: stainless steel
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from
seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Laminate color number for tablet arm
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Back and
Seat
• High back
• Thick seat
• High back and thick seat
+$ 27
+$ 27
+$ 54
Specify with high back.
Specify with thick seat.
Specify with high back and thick seat.
Glides
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
Specify with soft glides.
5
cDetailed dimensions,
page 230
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
238
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Sled-Base
Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Right-Hand Tablet Arm
475480MTR
$468
With Bookrack
475480MTRB
d
$526
d
Left-Hand Tablet Arm
475480MTL
$468
475480MTLB
d
Player 475 Series
With Bookrack
$526
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
239
Player 475 Series Leg-Base Stools
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 228
Tip: Color choices are
limited for chairs with
textured plastic arms.
cPage 292
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
•
•
•
•
•
Options
Surface
Materials
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Required to Specify
Frame: monochromatic color
Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color
Upholstery: fabric price group 1
Bookrack, if selected: monochromatic match frame
Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$100
+$140
+$185
+$220
+$255
+$ 30
+$ 50
+$ 17
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from
seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Back and
Seat
• High back
• Thick seat
• High back and thick seat
+$ 27
+$ 27
+$ 54
Specify with high back.
Specify with thick seat.
Specify with high back and thick seat.
Glides
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
Specify with soft glides.
5
cDetailed dimensions,
page 230
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
240
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Stools
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Smooth Plastic Arms
475712M
$470
With Bookrack
475712MB
d
$528
d
Textured Plastic Arms
475715M
$470
Player 475 Series
With Bookrack
475715MB
d
$528
d
Without Arms
475710M
$446
With Bookrack
475710MB
d
$504
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
241
Player 475 Series Accessories
Bookrack
Standard Includes
• Bookrack: monochromatic color
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from seating plastic colors
for bookrack
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
475B
d
$52
d
Alignment Device
Standard Includes
• Alignment device: black paint only
• Package of 5 pairs
Tip: One pair is required to
align two chairs.
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
475A
d
$52
d
Ganging Device
Standard Includes
• Ganging device: black paint only
• Package of 2
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
Tip: Use one ganging device
for every two chairs.
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
475G
d
$66
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
242
Seating Specification Guide
Player 475 Series
Accessories
Transport and Storage Dolly
Standard Includes
• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
475D
d
$218
d
Player 475 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
243
244
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Snodgrass 474 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Understanding Snodgrass 474 Series
Details
246
Dimensions
248
Specifying Snodgrass 474 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
250
Snodgrass 474 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Multi-use chairs are
suitable for use as occasional seating within team
spaces, workstations,
offices, or wherever extra
seating is required.
• Ally 463 Series
• Player 475 Series
• Snodgrass 474 Series
cFor additional multi-use
chairs, see page 252.
Seating Specification Guide
245
Snodgrass 474 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Snodgrass, designed by
Warren Snodgrass, offers
guest and occasional seating
of classic simplicity. With a
choice of metal or wood
frames, Snodgrass has
enduring design that is
always in style.
Frame is available in
monochromatic colors or
wood veneer.
Glides are clear plastic.
246
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Two back shapes are
..
available, open back or full
.
back.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
Two arm styles—open
.
..
and enclosed—are available. Open arm is available ..
.
on monochromatic and
.
wood models. Enclosed arm ..
is available on wood models. ..
..
Armless models are also
available on monochromatic ..
.
models.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Seating Specification Guide
Snodgrass 474 Series
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil retardant
treatment (option)
• Vinyl
• Leather
Frame
• Monochromatic color from
list of seating plastic color
numbers can be applied to
the frame.
• Wood
Tip: Frames are constructed
of solid maple. Finishes
applied to maple will match
the color of stains applied
to oak, walnut, or cherry,
but will not show the same
natural grain.
Glides
• Clear plastic
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
available on all other seating .
.. cPage 248
fabrics at an additional $17
.
U.S. per seating unit. To order .
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
.
under “Optional Accessories.” .
..
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
.
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
..
tion.
..
.
Extended lead times may be .
..
necessary for this service.
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
.
1.888.STEELCASE
.
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Fire Codes
..
cSee pages 289–290
.
..
for upholstery fabrics avail..
able for use with FCS
.
modification.
..
..
Steelcase offers Fire Code .
..
Seating modification (FCS)
.
on nearly all seating models. .
.
The most rigorous fire codes .
.
in the nation have been
..
developed in California, and .
.
the Steelcase FCS modifica- .
..
tion is designed to meet
.
those codes. Fire Code
..
Seating (FCS) indicates that .
.
a product is constructed to
..
meet the strict fire code
.
.
requirements of high public .
..
occupancy areas such as
.
theaters, meeting rooms,
..
and lobbies. The FCS stan- .
.
dards will meet both the
..
State of California Home
.
.
Furnishing Technical Bulletin .
..
133 (Cal TB 133) and
.
Boston Fire Code (BFC).
..
Boston adopted the
..
California Home Furnishing .
..
Technical Bulletin TB 133
..
test standard in 1992.
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
..
upholstery.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
. Resources
..
.. Printed Materials
. cSnodgrass Brochure
.. (S11006)
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
247
Snodgrass 474 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Snodgrass 474 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
Width
Height
223⁄ 4"
311⁄ 2"
21"
171⁄ 2"
20"
181⁄ 4"
20"
141⁄ 4"
223⁄ 4"
311⁄ 2"
21"
171⁄ 2"
20"
181⁄ 4"
20"
141⁄ 4"
223⁄ 4"
311⁄ 2"
21"
171⁄ 2"
20"
181⁄ 4"
20"
141⁄ 4"
Snodgrass 474 Series
Chair with Open Loop Arms
231⁄ 2"
Chair with Enclosed Arms
231⁄ 2"
Chair without Arms
231⁄ 2"
248
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
Chair with Open Loop Arms
7"
20"
251⁄ 4"
7"
5°
103°
251⁄ 4"
7"
5°
103°
251⁄ 4"
7"
5°
103°
Chair with Enclosed Arms
7"
20"
Chair without Arms
7"
20"
Snodgrass 474 Series
Seating Specification Guide
249
Snodgrass 474 Series Multi-Use Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 246
Options
Surface
Materials
Tip: Fire Code Seating
(FCS) option is available
with certain upholstery
fabric choices only.
cPages 289–290
Required to Specify
• Frame and arms, if selected: monochromatic color,
or wood veneer
• Upholstery: fabric price group 1
• Glides: clear plastic
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upholstery
Fabric price group 1
Fabric price group 2
Fabric price group 3
Fabric price group 4
Fabric price group 5
Fabric price group 6
Fabric price group 7
Fabric price group 8
Fabric price group 9
Fabric price group 10
Leather price group
Customer’s Own Material/
Leather (COM/COL)
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
Customiz stain on wood
U.S. Price
No cost
+$ 20
+$ 40
+$ 55
+$ 70
+$ 85
+$100
+$125
+$155
+$175
+$450
+$ 30
1 Style number
2 Monochromatic color number from seating plastic colors for frame
3 Fabric color number for upholstery
4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
+$ 50
+$ 17
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify fabric color number.
Specify leather color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Add suffix F to the style number.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
+$ 24
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 248
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
250
Seating Specification Guide
Snodgrass 474 Series
Multi-Use Chairs
Specification Information
Open Loop Arms
with Open Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Open Loop Arms
With Full Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Enclosed Arms
with Full Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Monochromatic
474419M
$537
474429M
$552
$829
d
474429W
d
$844
d
N.A.
Wood
474419W
d
Armless
with Open Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
474427W
d
$1030
d
Armless
with Full Back
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
474420M
d
$520
d
Monochromatic
474410M
d
$505
d
Snodgrass 474 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
251
Additional Multi-Use Chairs
Jersey Multi-Use Chairs
With Arms
Without Arms
With Arms
and Casters
Without Arms and
With Casters
cSee pages 134–137
Sensor 458 Series Size II Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Sled-Base
cSee page 154
Rally 457 Series Mid-Back Multi-Use Chairs
Arms With
Plastic Arm Caps
Without Arms
Sled-Base With Arms
and Plastic Arm Caps
cSee page 166
Protegé 433 Series Multi-Use Chairs
Arms
Arms With
Soft Arm Caps
Without Arms
Arms
Arms With
Soft Arm Caps
cSee pages 176–178
Cachet 487 Series Multi-Use Chairs
With Flip-Up Arms
Without Arms
cSee pages 186–187
252
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Parade! 470 Series
Stackable Chairs
Understanding Parade! 470 Series
Details
254
Dimensions
256
Specifying Parade! 470 Series
Stackable Chairs
258
Accessories
259
Stackable Chairs
Parade! 470 Series
Stackable chairs offer
flexibility and ease of use in
classrooms, auditoriums, or
wherever extra seating is
required.
•
•
•
•
•
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Cachet 487 Series
Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Chairs
• Ally 463 Series
Seating Specification Guide
253
Parade! 470 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Parade! offers a stylish
choice in stackers with a
plastic contoured seat and
back that encourages proper
posture. Constructed with a
half-inch carbon steel rod
and a unique plastic seat
and back for strength and
durability, the arch and cantilever frame makes Parade!
a good selection for dining
areas and offices as well as
classrooms and auditoriums.
Seat and back are
plastic to provide strength
and durability.
Arms are available with
or without colored plastic
arm caps.
Clear plastic glides are
standard. Soft glides,
optional, are recommended
for use on non-carpeted
floors.
254
Wire rod frame is
1⁄ 2"-diameter carbon steel.
Upholstered foam
cushion is available for
the seat and back.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Transport and storage
dolly is available to stack,
move, and store up to
24 non-upholstered or
16 upholstered chairs.
Because stacking bumpers
are used on upholstered
models, stacking capacity
is 16 chairs per dolly.
Fully loaded transport
dolly measures 541⁄ 2"D x
213⁄ 8"W x 681⁄ 2"H.
Without transport dolly
stack can be up to six chairs
high.
Alignment device is
available to temporarily link
chairs together in the field
for evenly spaced rows.
Chairs can be unlinked easily. Spacing between chairs
linked with alignment device
is 21⁄ 4".
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Parade! 470 Series
..
.
..
cSee surface materials on
..
page 282 for specific avail.
ability or refer to the Surface ..
Materials Reference Manual ..
.
for further information.
..
..
Hard components
..
(frame and arms)
..
• Seating coating
.
..
• 9201 Polished Chrome
..
.
Seat and back
..
• Plastic color
..
.
..
Upholstered cushion
..
• Fabric
.
• Fabric with soil retardant
..
treatment (option)
..
.
.
Arm caps
..
• Plastic color
..
.
..
Glides
..
• Clear plastic
.
• Soft
..
.
..
All Steelcase seating
..
with standard uphol.
stery fabrics complies
..
with requirements of the
..
BIFMA First Generation
.
..
Voluntary Upholstered
..
Furniture Flammability
.
Standard, as well as the
.
State of California Technical ..
..
Bulletin 117. All standard
..
seating is labeled to be in
..
compliance with California
.
TB117.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
available on all other seating .
.. cPage 256
fabrics at an additional $17
.
U.S. per seating unit. To order .
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
.
under “Optional Accessories.” .
..
.
For soil-retardant treatment .
.
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
.
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
..
tion.
..
.
Extended lead times may be .
..
necessary for this service.
..
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
.
1.888.STEELCASE
.
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Steelcase Fire Code
..
Seating (FCS) is not avail- .
..
able on Parade! seating
..
.
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
..
upholstery.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
. Resources
..
.. Printed Materials
. cStackable Seating
.. Brochure (02-0002354)
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
255
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Parade! 470 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Parade! 470 Series
DFeatures
d
d
d
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
32"
17"
17"
19"
171⁄ 2"
19"
161⁄ 2"
32"
17"
17"
19"
171⁄ 2"
19"
161⁄ 2"
Width
Height
201⁄ 2"
21"
Parade! 470 Series
Chair without Arm Caps
23"
Chair with Arm Caps
23"
d
256
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
243⁄ 4"
71⁄ 4"
7°
101°
25"
71⁄ 2"
7°
101°
Chair without Arm Caps
10"
191⁄ 4"
Chair with Arm Caps
10"
19"
Parade! 470 Series
Seating Specification Guide
257
Parade! 470 Series Stackable Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 254
Required to Specify
• Frame and arms: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Seat and back: plastic color
• Arm caps, if selected: plastic color
• Cushions, if selected: upholstery
• Glides: clear plastic
Options
Surface
Materials
Glides
1 Style number
2 Seating coating color number for frame
3 Plastic color number for seat, back, and
arm caps
4 Fabric color number for cushion
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
U.S. Price
Upholstered cushion
• Fabric price group 1
+$103
• Fabric price group 2
+$123
• Fabric price group 3
+$143
• Fabric price group 4
+$158
• Fabric price group 5
+$173
• Fabric price group 6
+$188
• Fabric price group 7
+$203
• Fabric price group 8
+$228
• Fabric price group 9
+$258
• Fabric price group 10
+$278
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$133
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
+$ 17
5
Required to Specify
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with soft glides.
Specification Information
DFrame Finish
d
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arm Caps
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
470419N
470419
d
$162
$162
d
With Plastic Arm Caps
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
470412N
470412
d
$174
$174
d
cDetailed dimensions,
page 256
258
Seating Specification Guide
Parade! 470 Series Accessories
Parade! 470 Series
Accessories
Alignment Device
Standard Includes
• Carton of 12 alignment devices: black plastic only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
470G
d
$24
d
Transport and Storage Dolly
Standard Includes
• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
470D
d
$386
d
Parade! 470 Series
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
259
260
Seating Specification Guide
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Understanding
and Specifying
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Stackable Chairs
Understanding Max-Stacker 472 Series
Details
262
Dimensions
264
Specifying Max-Stacker 472 Series
Stackable Chairs
266
Accessories
268
Stackable Chairs
Stackable chairs offer
flexibility and ease of use
in classrooms, auditoriums, or wherever extra
seating is required.
• Parade! 470 Series
• Max-Stacker 472 Series
• Max-Stacker II
473 Series
• Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Chairs
• Ally 463 Series
Seating Specification Guide
261
Max-Stacker 472 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Max-Stacker provides
stackable seating for hightraffic applications. Its clean
lines and durable steel rod
frame have made the MaxStacker a universally popular stacker selection.
Tablet arms and
bookracks are available
factory or field installed.
Back and seat are available in flexible, contoured
plastic.
Two-piece wire-rod
frame is 7⁄ 16" diameter
carbon steel for strength
and durability.
Plastic glides are standard. Soft glides, optional,
are recommended for use
on non-carpeted floors.
262
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Four models are available—chairs without arms,
chairs with bookracks, chairs
with tablet arms, and chairs
with a combination of bookrack and tablet arm.
Tablet arms provide
a writing surface that is
121⁄ 2"D x 113⁄ 8"W. They
are available in left- or righthand models.
Clearance between tablet
arm and seat is 71⁄ 4"H.
Tablet arm tilts for easy
entrance and exit from chair.
Bookrack is available
factory or field installed for
convenient storage of notebooks and purses.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Max-Stacker 472 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
Transport and storage ..
..
dolly is available to stack,
..
move, and store up to
.
45 non-upholstered chairs.
..
Chairs with bookracks and
..
tablet arms cannot be
.
..
stacked.
..
.
Unloaded transport
.
..
dolly measures 55"D x
..
22"W x 371⁄2"H.
.
.
Fully loaded transport ..
.
dolly measures 57"D x
.
..
22"W x 681⁄2"H.
.
.
Without transport dolly ..
stack can be up to 12 chairs ..
..
high.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Alignment device is
.
available to temporarily link .
.
..
chairs without tablet arms
..
together in the field for
evenly spaced rows. Chairs .
..
can be unlinked easily.
..
Spacing between chairs
.
linked with alignment device .
.
..
is 21⁄ 4".
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Hard components
(frame)
• Seating coating
• 9201 Polished Chrome
Back and seat
• Plastic color
Bookrack
• Coated to match the frame
color on seating coated
models
• 9201 Polished Chrome on
Polished Chrome models
Tablet arms
• Laminate
Glides
• Clear plastic
• Soft
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services . Dimensions
cPage 264
Resources
Printed Materials
cStackable Seating
Brochure (02-0002354)
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
263
Max-Stacker 472 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Max-Stacker 472 Series
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
Max-Stacker 472 Series
211⁄ 2"
264
20"
301⁄ 4"
173⁄ 4"
163⁄ 4"
181⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
143⁄ 4"
91⁄ 2"
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
N.A.
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
N.A.
Seating Specification Guide
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
N.A.
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
8°
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
Max-Stacker 472 Series
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
93°
265
Max-Stacker 472 Series Stackable Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 262
Options
Glides
Required to Specify
• Frame: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Seat and back: plastic
• Tablet arm, if selected: laminate
• Bookrack, if selected: high-wear coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Glides: plastic
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
1 Style number
2 Seating coating color number for frame
and bookrack
3 Plastic color number for back and seat
4 Laminate color number for tablet arm
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
U.S. Price
Required to Specify
+$5
Specify with soft glides.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 264
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
266
Seating Specification Guide
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Stackable Chairs
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Specification Information
DFrame Finish
d
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
472410N
472410
d
$122
$122
d
With Tablet Arm
Right-Hand
Coated frame
472410NTR
$227
Polished Chrome frame
472410TR
$227
472410NTL
$227
Left-Hand
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
472410TL
d
$227
d
With Bookrack
Coated frame
472410NBR
$186
Polished Chrome frame
472410BR
$186
With Right-Hand Tablet Arm
Coated frame
472410NTRB
$291
Polished Chrome frame
472410TRB
$291
With Left-Hand Tablet Arm
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
472410NTLB
472410TLB
d
$291
$291
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
267
Max-Stacker 472 Series Accessories
Tablet Arm Assembly
Standard Includes
• Tablet arm frame: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Tablet arm worksurface: laminate
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Laminate color number
3 Color number for tablet arm frame
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
Right-hand
472TAR
$105
Left-hand
472TAL
d
$105
d
Bookrack Assembly
Standard Includes
• Bookrack assembly: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Color number for bookrack
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
472BR
d
$64
d
Alignment Device
Standard Includes
• Carton of 12 alignment devices: black plastic only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
472G
d
$24
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
268
Seating Specification Guide
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Accessories
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Transport and Storage Dolly
Standard Includes
• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
473D
d
$350
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
269
270
Seating Specification Guide
Understanding
and Specifying
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Stackable Chairs
Understanding Max-Stacker II 473 Series
272
Dimensions
274
Specifying Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Stackable Chairs
276
Accessories
278
Stackable Chairs
Stackable chairs offer
flexibility and ease of use
in classrooms, auditoriums, or wherever extra
seating is required.
• Parade! 470 Series
• Max-Stacker 472 Series
• Max-Stacker II
473 Series
• Player 475 Series
Leg-Base Chairs
• Ally 463 Series
Seating Specification Guide
271
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Details
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Max-Stacker II offers different visuals with rounded
back and curved lines in
another great stacking chair.
Tablet arms and
bookracks are available
factory or field installed.
Flexible, contoured
back and seat are
available in plastic or with
upholstered cushions.
Two-piece wire-rod
frame is 7⁄ 16"-diameter
carbon steel for strength
and durability.
Plastic glides are standard. Soft glides, optional,
are recommended for use
on non-carpeted floors.
272
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Product Details
Four models are available—chairs without arms,
chairs with bookracks, chairs
with tablet arms, and chairs
with a combination of bookrack and tablet arm.
Tablet arms provide
a writing surface that is
121⁄ 2"D x 113⁄ 8"W. They
are available in left- or righthand models.
Clearance between tablet
arm and seat is 71⁄ 4"H.
Tablet arm tilts for easy
entrance and exit from chair.
Bookrack is available
factory or field installed for
convenient storage of notebooks and purses.
Stacking bumpers are
provided on upholstered
models to protect the fabric
when chairs are stacked.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Transport and storage
dolly is available to stack,
move, and store up to 35
non-upholstered or 25
upholstered chairs. Chairs
with bookracks and tablet
arms cannot be stacked.
Unloaded transport
dolly measures 55"D x
22"W x 371⁄2"H.
Fully loaded transport
dolly measures 57"D x
22"W x 681⁄2"H.
Without transport dolly
stack can be up to 12 chairs
high.
Alignment device is
available to temporarily link
chairs together in the field
for evenly spaced rows.
Chairs can be unlinked easily. Spacing between chairs
linked with alignment device
is 21⁄ 4".
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
cSee surface materials on
page 282 for specific availability or refer to the Surface
Materials Reference Manual
for further information.
Hard components
(frame)
• Seating coating
• 9201 Polished Chrome
Back and seat
• Plastic color
• Upholstery
Upholstery
• Fabric
• Fabric with soil retardant
treatment (option)
Bookrack
• Coated to match the frame
color on seating coated
models
• 9201 Polished Chrome on
Polished Chrome models
Tablet arms
• Laminate
Glides
• Clear plastic
• Soft
All Steelcase seating
with standard upholstery fabrics complies
with requirements of the
BIFMA First Generation
Voluntary Upholstered
Furniture Flammability
Standard, as well as the
State of California Technical
Bulletin 117. All standard
seating is labeled to be in
compliance with California
TB117.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
cSee the Surface Materials ..
Reference Manual for further ..
..
detail about programs and
services offered for seating. ..
.
..
The Customer’s Own
.
Material (COM) Program ..
offers the opportunity for cus- ..
tomers to select fabrics that ..
..
are not offered through the
standard Steelcase surface ..
materials program for use on ..
Steelcase products. Through ..
the COM program, Steelcase ..
..
will test your materials for
..
application on Steelcase
.
products. Once approved,
..
you can place your order.
..
Steelcase will facilitate the
.
entire ordering process and ..
give you a production sched- ..
ule. Steelcase will order the ..
COM fabric directly from the ..
textile manufacturer. For up- ..
to-date information regarding ..
fabric test results for all COM ..
fabrics and details regarding ..
..
yardage requirements for
most Seating lines, visit the ..
COM Web site. To locate the ..
..
COM Web site:
..
• Visit www.steelcase.com
..
• Click on “Knowledge &
.
Design”
..
• Select “Customer’s Own
..
Material”
.
..
Soil retardants are treat- ..
ments that provide long-term ..
soil and stain resistance to a ..
.
fabric without affecting the
.
shade or the integrity of the ..
..
fabric. The following
Steelcase Textiles are avail- ..
.
able pre-treated with soil
.
retardant. (You do not need to ..
.
select the soil-retardant
.
option for these fabrics and ..
..
incur the $17 upcharge.)
..
• Canzoné
.
• Cavalcade
..
• Jacks
..
• Link
.
..
• Regis
..
• Rook
.
• Roulette
..
• Skittles
..
• Spyder
..
• Sweepstakes
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Programs & Services .
.
Soil-retardant treatment is
.. Dimensions
available on all other seating .
.. cPage 274
fabrics at an additional $17
.
U.S. per seating unit. To order .
..
this option, please select
..
“Soil-Retardant Treatment”
. Resources
under “Optional Accessories.” .
.. Printed Materials
. cStackable Seating
For soil-retardant treatment .
. Brochure (02-0002354)
on COMs, please select “Soil- .
.
Retardant Treatment” under .
..
“Optional Accessories.”
..
Minimums or additional
.
yardage may be required.
..
Please contact the vendor
..
directly for specific informa- .
..
tion.
..
.
..
..
.
.
Contact your Steelcase Sales .
..
Service representative at
.
1.888.STEELCASE
.
..
(1.888.783.3522).
..
.
Steelcase Fire Code
..
Seating (FCS) is not
.
.
available on Max-Stacker II .
..
seating.
.
..
Local codes may have
..
special requirements for
.
..
upholstery.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Extended lead times may be
necessary for this service.
273
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Dimensions
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
DOverall
dDepth
d
d
Width
Height
DSeat
dDepth
d
d
DFunctional
dSeat
dDepth
d
DSeat
dWidth
d
d
DSeat
dHeight
dfrom
dFloor
DBack
dWidth
d
d
DBack
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
DBack
dLumbar
dHeight
d
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
223⁄ 4"
274
193⁄ 4"
331⁄ 4"
19"
17"
181⁄ 4"
171⁄ 2"
181⁄ 4"
173⁄ 4"
10"
Seating Specification Guide
Dimensions
DWidth
dBetween
dArms
d
N.A.
DArm
dto
dFloor
d
N.A.
DArm
dHeight
dfrom
dSeat
N.A.
DSeat
dPan
dAngle
d
8°
DAngle
dBetween
dSeat and
dBack
93°
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Seating Specification Guide
275
Max-Stacker II 473 Series Stackable Chairs
Standard Includes
cNeed help?
Product details,
page 272
Frame: seating coating or 9201 Polished Chrome
Back and seat: plastic
Tablet arm, if selected: laminate
Bookrack, if selected: high-wear coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Glides: plastic
Options
Surface
Materials
Glides
Required to Specify
•
•
•
•
U.S. Price
Upholstered seat and back
• Fabric price group 1
+$103
• Fabric price group 2
+$123
• Fabric price group 3
+$143
• Fabric price group 4
+$158
• Fabric price group 5
+$173
• Fabric price group 6
+$188
• Fabric price group 7
+$203
• Fabric price group 8
+$228
• Fabric price group 9
+$258
• Fabric price group 10
+$278
• Customer’s Own Material
(COM)
• Soil-retardant treatment
applied to upholstery fabric
+$133
• Soft glides for use on
non-carpeted floors
+$
+$ 17
5
1 Style number
2 Seating coating color number for frame
3 Plastic color number for back and seat
4 Laminate color number for tablet arm
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Required to Specify
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
Add suffix U to the style number and
specify fabric color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual
to specify.
Specify with soil-retardant treatment.
Specify with soft glides.
cDetailed dimensions,
page 274
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
276
Seating Specification Guide
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Stackable Chairs
Specification Information
DFrame Finish
d
d
d
DStyle
dNumber
d
d
DU.S.
dBase
dPrice
d
Without Arms
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
473410N
473410
d
$142
$142
d
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
With Tablet Arm
Right-Hand
Coated frame
473410NTR
$247
Polished Chrome frame
473410TR
$247
473410NTL
$247
Left-Hand
Coated frame
473410TL
d
$247
d
Coated frame
473410NB
$206
Polished Chrome frame
473410B
$206
Polished Chrome frame
d
With Bookrack
With Right-Hand Tablet Arm
Coated frame
473410NTRB
$311
Polished Chrome frame
473410TRB
$311
With Left-Hand Tablet Arm
Coated frame
Polished Chrome frame
d
473410NTLB
473410TLB
d
$311
$311
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
277
Max-Stacker II 473 Series Accessories
Tablet Arm Assembly
Standard Includes
• Tablet arm frame: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
• Tablet arm worksurface: laminate
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Laminate color number
3 Color number for tablet arm frame
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
Right-Hand
473TR
$105
Left-Hand
473TL
d
$105
d
Bookrack Assembly
Standard Includes
• Bookrack assembly: seating coating or
9201 Polished Chrome
Required to Specify
1 Style number
2 Color number for bookrack
cSee Surface Materials, page 282.
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
473B
d
$64
d
Alignment Device
Standard Includes
• Carton of 12 alignment devices: black plastic only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DStyle
dNumber
d
DU.S.
dPrice
d
473G
d
$24
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
278
Seating Specification Guide
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Accessories
Transport and Storage Dolly
Standard Includes
• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only
Required to Specify
Style number
Specification Information
DU.S.
dPrice
d
473D
d
$350
d
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
DStyle
dNumber
d
For Canadian Pricing
Multiply U.S. Price by 1.38.
cSee page 1 for details.
Seating Specification Guide
279
280
Seating Specification Guide
Surface Materials
Surface Materials
282
Steelcase Classics Collection Upholstery Matrix
287
Designtex Graded-In Seating Upholstery Matrix
288
Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix
289
Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix for Designtex
290
Color Availability Matrix
292
Special Features
294
Surface Materials
Seating Specification Guide
281
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
This listing includes all
the surface material
choices that are available
for the products in this
specification guide
Resources
For more information about
surface materials, refer to
the following resources:
Surface Materials
Reference Manual
This publication provides:
• An explanation of the
surface materials program
• “Available on” matrices
• Vertical surface fabric and
seating upholstery
selection listing
• Pricing for surface
materials
• Technical data for surface
materials
• Surface material care and
cleaning instructions
Surface Materials
Finishes Binder
includes:
• Surface Materials
Reference Manual
• A complete set of swatch
cards for hard surfaces
Surface Materials
Vertical Surface Fabric
Binder includes:
• A complete set of swatch
cards for vertical surface
fabric
Surface Materials
Seating Upholstery
Binder includes:
• Designtex Graded-In
Catalog
• A complete set of
swatch cards for
seating upholstery
Surface Materials
Tool Box provides 3" x 3"
samples of the following
surface materials:
• Vertical surface fabric
• Seating upholstery
• Wood
• Paint
• Laminate
Form number S8150
282
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Not every plastic color is
..
available on every plastic
.
..
component.
..
cRefer to the Color
.
Availability Matrix on page
..
292 before specifying.
..
..
6205 Black
..
6206 Burgundy
.
..
6250 Coffee
..
6256 Graphite
.
6259 Midnight
..
6268 Navy
..
6296 Sterling
.
..
6301 Aegean
..
6302 Baltic
.
6303 Pomegranate
..
6421 Ash
..
6694 Slate
.
.
..
..
Seating Coating
.
..
Available on:
..
• Parade! 470 Series
.
..
• Max-Stacker 472 Series
• Max-Stacker II 473 Series ..
.
..
7000 Black
.
..
7005 Coffee
..
7011 Graphite
.
..
..
Paint
.
..
Available on:
.
• Jersey Series work chairs .
.
..
..
4799 Platinum
.
(metallic paint)
..
..
Available on:
..
• Jersey Series guest
.
..
chairs
..
.
4799 Platinum
..
(metallic paint)
..
7207 Black
..
(textured paint)
.
..
..
Metal
.
..
Metal finishes are not
..
available on every chair.
.
..
cRefer to the Color
..
Availability Matrix on page
.
292 before specifying.
..
..
8046 Polished Aluminum
..
9201 Polished Chrome
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Plastic
..
.
..
Not every laminate color
.
is available on every chair. ..
..
cRefer to the Color
..
Availability Matrix on page
.
292 before specifying.
..
..
2412 Natural Cherry
..
2421 Medium Cherry
..
2511 Winter on Maple
.
..
2632 Medium Oak
..
2711 Natural Walnut
.
2722 Cream
..
2746 Black
..
2759 Warm White
.
..
2771 Medium Mahogany
..
on Walnut
.
2810 Dawn
..
2811 Mist
..
.
.
..
..
Wood
.
Available on:
..
• Snodgrass 474 Series
..
chair frames
.
.
Tip: Frames are constructed .
.
of solid maple. Finishes
..
applied to maple will match .
..
the color of stains applied
..
to oak, walnut, or cherry,
..
but will not show the same
.
natural grain.
..
..
3412 Natural Cherry
.
..
3422 Medium Cherry
..
3562 Linseed
.
3572 Amber Maple
..
3582 Winter
..
3592 Blonde
.
..
3632 Medium Oak
..
3642 Natural Oak
..
3712 Natural Walnut
.
3722 Dark Mahogany
..
on Walnut
..
3742 Autumn Walnut
.
..
3772 Medium Mahogany
..
on Walnut
..
3792 Black Walnut
.
..
Customiz stain is a
..
service that allows you to
.
.
create your own stain color. .
..
Minimum order quantities,
.
per unit up-charges, and a
..
one-time customer
..
processing fee apply.
.
.
cSee the Surface Materials .
.
Reference Manual for more .
..
information.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Laminate
Coach Leather
Available on:
• Leap 462 Series pillowed
upholstery
• Leap 462 Series Coach
Edition leather work chairs
• Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge and Ottoman
Coach Edition
Leather with Matching
Thread
CL01 Black with matching
thread
CL02 Mahogany with
matching thread
CL03 Bordeaux with
matching thread
CL04 Racing Green with
matching thread
CL05 Bright Navy with
matching thread
CL06 Camel with matching
thread
CL13 Bright Red with
matching thread
CL21 Sisal with matching
thread
CL23 Burnished Saddle
with matching thread
CL25 Parchment with
matching thread
CL27 Cobalt with matching
thread
Available on:
• Leap 462 Series Coach
Edition leather work chairs
Leather with
Contrasting Thread
CL07 Black with
contrasting thread
CL08 Mahogany with
contrasting thread
CL09 Bordeaux with
contrasting thread
CL10 Racing Green with
contrasting thread
CL11 Bright Navy with
contrasting thread
CL12 Camel with
contrasting thread
CL14 Bright Red with
contrasting thread
CL22 Sisal with
contrasting thread
CL24 Burnished Saddle
with contrasting
thread
CL28 Cobalt with
contrasting thread
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Applies to:
..
• Leap 464 Series
.
..
WorkLounge
..
.
101
Stone
..
102
Tan
..
103
Pecan
..
201
Sesame
..
301
Blush
.
..
302
Persimmon
..
303
Cranberry
.
401
Ink
..
402
Charcoal
..
403
China
.
..
501
Green Tea
..
502
Eucalyptus
.
503
Patina
..
504
Juniper
..
505
Olive
.
.
601
Jam
..
701
Squash
..
702
Ginger
.
..
801
Dust
..
802
Mineral
.
803
Shale
..
804
Black
.
..
..
Elmo Rustical Leather ..
.
..
Applies to:
.
• Leap 464 Series
..
WorkLounge
..
.
..
04004 Suffron
..
12001 Mushroom
.
12011 Light Grey
..
17009 Wedgwood
..
17061 Lilac
.
..
18001 Gray Green
..
22679 Beige
..
33007 Brown
.
33286 Rust
..
43236 Camel
..
43632 Honey
.
..
45056 Sun Ray
..
48059 Field Green
..
53301 Red Brown
.
55057 Crimson
..
55063 Flame
..
57016 Deep Purple
.
..
87055 Azure
..
91722 Smoke
.
93287 Charbrown
..
93327 Loam
..
95060 Wine
.
..
97054 Twilight
..
97952 Deep Blue
..
98953 Mist Green
..
99991 Ebony
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Wool Suede Too
Seating Specification Guide
Surface Materials
Vest Material
Applies to:
• Leap 462 Series
5056 Black
Mesh
Applies to:
• Jersey Series
T084
T085
T086
T087
T088
T089
T090
T091
Black
Grey
White
Yellow
Orange
Red
Green
Blue
Pullover
Applies to:
• Jersey Series
T092
T095
T096
T097
T098
T099
Black
Yellow
Orange
Red
Green
Blue
3D Knit
Applies to:
• Think 465 Series
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
Black
Coconut
Malt
Root Beer
Charcoal
Ink
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Not every upholstery is
..
available on every chair.
.
..
cRefer to the Steelcase
..
Classics Collection
.
Upholstery Matrix on page
..
287 before specifying.
..
.
Classics Collection ..
..
Surface materials in the
..
Classics Collection are
..
timeless. These materials
.
..
should be available for a
..
minimum of 10 years from
.
the date the material is
..
introduced into the Classics .
..
Collection. The Classics
..
Collection includes the
..
following fabrics in Price
.
Groups 1 through 3 and the .
..
Leather Price Group:
..
.
Price Group 1
..
..
Buzz2
.
5F00 Yellow
..
5F01 Camel
.
..
5F02 Orange
..
5F03 Tomato
.
5F04 Red
..
5F05 Burgundy
..
5F06 Sky
.
..
5F07 Blue
..
5F08 Navy
.
5F09 Blue-Green
..
5F10 Grape
..
5F11 Eggplant
.
..
5F12 Celery
..
5F13 Green
.
5F14 Forest
..
5F15 Stone
..
5F16 Grey
..
5F17 Black
.
..
..
Jacks
.
5B61 Taupe
..
5B62 Nutmeg
..
5B63 Camel
..
5B64 Pewter
.
..
5B65 Rosewood
..
5B66 Plum
.
5B67 Lupine
..
5B68 Lichen
..
5B69 Ocean
.
..
5B70 Midnight
..
.
..
Link
..
5A20 Burgundy
..
5A21 Rust
..
5A23 Green
..
5A24 Blue
.
..
5A25 Navy
..
5A26 Purple
.
5A27 Black
..
5A28 Ocean
..
5A29 Lichen
.
..
5A30 Chamois
..
.
..
Upholstery
Seating Vinyl
5800 Cardinal
5801 Topaz
5802 Ocean
5803 Sky
5804 Lupine
5805 Foggy Night
5806 Aegean
5807 Harbor
5808 Eggplant
5809 Black
5810 Forest
5812 Navy
5813 Currant
Price Group 2
Canzoné
5514 Teal
5515 Raspberry
5517 Kiwi
5518 Plum
5519 Mauve
5521 Fog
5525 Nickel
5526 Beechnut
5529 Fennel
5531 Horizon
Cavalcade
5209 Charcoal
5215 Blueweed
5216 Tanbark
5217 Chicory
5218 Camel
5219 Lichen
5220 Sky
5225 Currant
5291 Mallard
5292 Ocean
Cricket
5A84 Plum
5A85 Camel
5A86 Charcoal
5A87 Black
5A88 Cinnamon
5A89 Rosewood
5A90 Currant
5A91 Spearmint
5A92 Sky
5A93 Midnight
5A94 Lichen
5A95 Ocean
5A96 Forest
Regis
5267 Black
5275 Blue Blue Violet
5282 Blue Blue Green
5283 Blue
5R02 Cardinal
5R11 Red Red Violet V5
5R12 Pachysandra
5R13 Celestial
5R16 Caribbean
5R17 Topaz
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Roulette
5D29 Ocean
5D30 Taupe
5D31 Pewter
5D32 Sky
5D33 Cinnamon
5D34 Rosewood
5D35 Plum
5D36 Spearmint
5D37 Forest
5D38 Midnight
Spyder
5B00 Orchid
5B01 Foggy Night
5B04 Peri
5B05 Merlot
5B06 Dove
5B07 Sage
5B09 Topaz
5B10 Ocean
5B11 Currant
5B12 Lichen
Sweepstakes
5B80 Sky
5B81 Almond
5B82 Taupe
5B83 Charcoal
5B84 Nutmeg
5B85 Cinnamon
5B86 Currant
5B87 Opal
5B88 Plum
5B89 Midnight
5B90 Mist
5B91 Ocean
5B92 Forest
Price Group 3
Hampstead
B351 Blue Green V4
B359 Blue Blue
Green V5
B361 Blue V3
(Low Intensity)
B363 Blue V4
B366 Blue Blue Violet V4
B369 Blue Blue Violet V5
B377 Violet V5
(Low Intensity)
B386 Red Red Violet V4
(Low Intensity)
B389 Red Red Violet V5
B395 Grey V5
B399 Black
B406 Windflower
B407 Twinflower
B408 Lupine
B409 Cornflower
B410 Aegean
B412 Starflower
B413 Shale
B415 Taupe
B416 Topaz
B417 Saddle
B418 Paprika
B419 Cinnamon
B420 Apple
B421 Leaf
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
Leather Price Group ..
..
L107 Black
.
..
L202 Dusk
..
L203 Bottle
.
L207 Mahogany
..
L220 Soapstone
..
L221 Rocky
.
..
L224 Plum
..
L500 Camel
.
L503 Navy
.
..
L507 Vineyard
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Zoe
5A09
5A10
5A11
5A12
5A14
5A15
5A16
5A17
5A19
Apricot
Eggplant
Avocado
Cinnamon
Peacock
Rain
Grey Flannel
Ivory Cream
Currant
cSurface Materials, continued 283
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Designtex
Graded-In Program
All Designtex Graded-In
fabrics are now supported
just like standard fabrics
when ordered on Steelcase
furniture. The Designtex
Graded-In Program also
includes the Environmental
Impact Collection which
offers sustainable textiles in
affordable price groups. For
additional information and
fabric samples, contact your
local Designtex sales
representative at
1.800.221.1540.
Designtex upholsteries are
graded into Steelcase Price
Groups 2 through 10:
Price Group 2
Bee (Environmental
Impact Collection)
5E44 Caspain
5E45 Chamois
5E46 Nutmeg
5E47 Java
5E48 Cinnamon
5E49 Laquer
5E50 Currant
5E51 Lupine
5E52 Prune
5E53 Aubergine
5E54 Sky
5E55 Cadet
5E56 Midnight
5E57 Khaki
5E58 Stem
5E59 Pine
5E60 Pond
5E61 Tuscan
5E62 Forest
5E63 Taupe
5E64 Pewter
5E65 Raven
284
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
Lagoon (Environmental ..
..
Impact Collection)
.
5D80 Pond
..
5D81 Chamois
..
5D82 Willow
.
..
5D83 Java
..
5D84 Nutmeg
..
5D85 Cinnamon
..
5D86 Currant
.
5D87 Opal
..
5D88 Crocus
..
5D89 Aubergine
.
..
5D90 Mist
..
5D91 Cadet
.
5D92 Midnight
..
5D93 Lichen
..
5D94 Spearmint
.
..
5D95 Forest
..
5D96 Sage
.
5D97 Charcoal
.
..
5D98 Raven
..
Prairie (Environmental ..
..
Impact Collection)
.
5E66 Plum
.
..
5E67 Chamois
.
5E68 Pewter
..
5E69 Dark Taupe
..
5E70 Doe
.
..
5E71 Luggage
..
5E72 Java
.
5E73 Mandarin
..
5E74 Cinnabar
..
5E75 Currant
.
..
5E76 Watermelon
..
5E77 Lupine
.
5E78 Aubergine
..
5E79 Lichen
..
5E80 Stem
.
..
5E81 Forest
..
5E82 Sage
..
5E83 Ocean
.
5E84 Kale
..
5E85 Cadet
..
5E86 Sky
.
..
5E87 Midnight
..
5E88 Charcoal
..
5E89 Cinder
.
5E90 Raven
..
..
Reed Stripe
.
(Environmental Impact ..
..
Collection)
.
5D55 Java
..
5D56 Willow
..
5D57 Camel
.
..
5D58 Charcoal
..
5D59 Lichen
..
5D60 Pond
..
5D61 Cadet
..
5D62 Nutmeg
.
5D63 Paprika
..
5D64 Currant
..
5D65 Ocean
.
..
5D66 Midnight
..
5D67 Forest
.
..
..
.
..
Price Group 3
Price Group 4
Bowline
J568 Canyon
J569 Beach
J570 Paprika
J571 Ocean
J572 Leaf
J573 Midnight
J574 Smoke
Closed Loop
J589 Sand
J590 Taupe
J591 Saffron
J592 Redwood
J593 Lapis
J594 Indigo
J595 Robin’s Egg
J596 Willow
J597 Malachite
J598 Forest
J599 Jade
J600 Mahogany
J601 Amethyst
J602 Tangerine
J603 Mineral
J604 Black
Cord
J582
J583
J584
J585
J586
J587
J588
Canyon
Beach
Paprika
Ocean
Leaf
Midnight
Smoke
Croquet
5C54 Currant
5C55 Almond
5C56 Taupe
5C57 Charcoal
5C58 Camel
5C59 Lichen
5C60 Forest
5C61 Mist
5C62 Ocean
5C63 Sky
5C64 Cinnamon
5C65 Rosewood
5C66 Plum
Domino
5C34 Ocean
5C35 Camel
5C36 Charcoal
5C37 Pewter
5C38 Plum
5C39 Rosewood
5C40 Cinnamon
5C41 Sky
5C42 Midnight
5C43 Forest
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Montezuma
J335 Adobe
J336 Jack Rabbit
J337 Palomino
J338 Tumbleweed
J339 Citrus
J340 Chili
J341 Salsa
J342 Cornflower
J343 Azul
J344 Lapis
J345 Aqua
J346 Peacock
J347 Peyote
Nolita
J605 Almond
J606 Earth
J607 Sesame
J608 Sunflower
J609 Cherry
J610 Cobalt
J611 Glacier
J612 Clover
J613 Spruce
J614 Iris
J615 Terracotta
J616 Graphite
J617 Carbon
Rook
5E34
5E35
5E36
5E37
5E38
5E39
5E40
5E41
5E42
5E43
Lichen
Almond
Camel
Pewter
Opal
Spearmint
Sky
Mandarin
Lupine
Cinnamon
Round About
J575 Canyon
J576 Beach
J577 Paprika
J578 Ocean
J579 Leaf
J580 Midnight
J581 Smoke
Skittles
5D42 Ocean
5D43 Taupe
5D44 Camel
5D45 Nutmeg
5D46 Lichen
5D47 Sky
5D48 Charcoal
5D49 Plum
5D50 Paprika
5D51 Currant
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Tango
J081 Neutra
J082 Deer
J083 Elephant
J084 Pascal
J085 Borolo
J086 Cosmos
J087 Aegean
J088 Ink
J089 Aloe
J090 Sherwood
J091 Currant
J092 Squash
J093 Salt
J094 Pepper
Tivoll
5C80 Spearmint
5C81 Camel
5C82 Almond
5C83 Pewter
5C84 Nutmeg
5C85 Cinnamon
5C86 Currant
5C87 Lichen
5C88 Plum
5C89 Sky
Vibe
J548
J549
J550
J551
J552
J553
J554
J555
J556
J557
J558
J559
J560
J561
J562
J563
J564
J565
J566
J567
Coconut
Sand
Malt
Root Beer
Champagne
Papaya
Cherry
Pool
Petal
Ocean
Slate
Key Lime
Palm Tree
Jam
Huckleberry
Sunrise
Snow Cone
Green Tea
Charcoal
Licorice
Wobble
5D16 Rosewood
5D17 Cinnamon
5D18 Paprika
5D19 Pewter
5D20 Camel
5D21 Lichen
5D22 Ocean
5D23 Sky
5D24 Plum
5D25 Midnight
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials
Price Group 5
Abex
J424
J425
J426
J427
J428
J429
J430
Dust
Rust
Chili Sauce
Titanic
Jungle
Amazon
Grape Slush
Frisbee
5C67 Sage
5C68 Chamois
5C69 Camel
5C70 Nutmeg
5C71 Spearmint
5C72 Ocean
5C73 Lichen
5C74 Sky
5C75 Plum
5C76 Midnight
Infield
5C44 Spearmint
5C45 Almond
5C46 Camel
5C47 Taupe
5C48 Cinnamon
5C49 Currant
5C50 Plum
5C51 Forest
5C52 Ocean
5C53 Midnight
Retreat
5D68 Taupe
5D69 Camel
5D70 Charcoal
5D71 Mist
5D72 Violet
5D73 Midnight
5D74 Spearmint
5D75 Lichen
5D76 Forest
5D77 Nutmeg
5D78 Cinnamon
5D79 Currant
Sam
J360
J361
J362
J363
J364
J365
J366
J367
J368
J369
J370
J371
J372
J373
Pebble
Cornsilk
Yolk
Ladybug
Cherry
Sky
Bluejay
Grass
Sweetpea
Jam
Grape
Goldfish
River
Stone
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Price Group 6
Rough & Ready
J431 Wheat
J432 Field
J433 Sand
J434 Squirrel
J435 Mink
J436 Sun
J437 Lemon
J438 Pepper
J439 Wine
J440 Ink
J441 Octopus
J442 Icy
J443 Cobalt
J444 Lagoon
J445 Brook
J446 Kale
J447 Leaf
J448 Sprout
J449 Concord
J450 Raisin
J451 Tiger
J452 Cinnamon
Price Group 7
Ace
J502
J503
J504
J505
J506
J507
Beige
Camel
Red
Orange
Black
Gray
Firefly
J250 Ash
J251 Cashew
J252 Currant
J253 Firebee
J254 Bleu
J255 Riviera
J256 Citrine
J257 Verdant
J258 Sherwood
J259 Charcoal
Shimmy
J106 Wheat
J107 Lark
J108 Amber
J109 Chili
J110 Moroccan
J111 Artichoke
J112 Foliage
J113 Mulberry
J114 Canyon
J115 Feather
J116 Storm
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Wool
J457
J458
J459
J460
J461
J462
J463
J464
J465
J466
J467
J468
J469
J470
J471
J472
J473
J474
J475
J476
J477
J478
Suede Too
Stone
Tan
Squash
Blush
Dust
Mineral
Sesame
Ginger
Eucalyptus
Patina
Green Tea
Pecan
China
Juniper
Olive
Persimmon
Charcoal
Ink
Jam
Cranberry
Shale
Black
Price Group 8
Coppice
J374 Vanilla
J375 Mushroom
J376 Straw
J377 Cardinal
J378 Volcano
J379 Cornflower
J380 Marine
J381 Larkspur
J382 Regiment
J383 Ivy
J384 African Violet
J385 Inca
J386 Kangaroo
J387 Gunmetal
J388 Pewter
Delphos
J117 Silver Birch
J118 Champagne
J119 Amber
J120 Cedar
J121 Cranberry
J122 Marina
J123 Blue Spruce
J124 Hyacinth
J125 Cypress
J126 Ultra Violet
J127 Damson
J128 Flat Iron
Falling Leaves
J314 Acorn
J315 Barn
J316 Spring
J317 Forest
J318 Meadow
J319 Autumn
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Furrows
J320 Vanilla
J321 Mushroom
J322 Koala
J323 Straw
J324 Cardinal
J325 Volcano
J326 Cornflower
J327 Marine
J328 Larkspur
J329 Regiment
J330 Ivy
J331 African Violet
J332 Inca
J333 Kangaroo
J334 Gunmetal
Lillian
J268 Silver Birch
J269 Champagne
J270 Butternut
J271 Cedar
J272 Marina
J273 Blue Spruce
J274 Hunter
J275 Cypress
J276 Hyacinth
J277 Flat Iron
Loseta
J389 Straw
J390 Persimmon
J391 Cassis
J392 Bluestone
J393 Briar
J394 Crocus
J395 Shale
J396 Cattail
Meander
J397 Mushroom
J398 Straw
J399 Volcano
J400 Volcano Ivy
J401 Marine
J402 Larkspur
J403 Regiment Volcano
J404 Regiment
J405 Ivy
J406 Regiment Ivy
J407 Violey Ivy
J408 Inca Ivy
J409 Kangaroo
J410 Gunmetal
J411 Pewter
Packard
J412 Porcelain
J413 Loden
J414 Camel
J415 Brass
J416 Pimpernel
J417 Gemstone
J418 Lapis
J419 Leaf
J420 Mint
J421 Patina
J422 Plum
J423 Cricket
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
Price Group 9
..
.
Gramercy
..
J647 Fawn
..
J648 Chocolate
.
..
J649 Stag
..
J650 Cordovan
.
J651 Claret
..
J652 Brook
..
J653 Navy
.
..
J654 Moss
..
J655 Bottle
.
J656 Hunter
.
..
J657 Brick
..
J658 Coal
.
..
NoMad
..
J486 Lager
.
..
J487 Peaches-n-Cream
.
J488 Tangerine
..
J489 Green Mint
..
J490 Limeade
.
..
J491 Smudge
..
J492 Sea Breeze
.
J493 Ice Blast
..
J494 Root Beer
..
.
..
Price Group 10
..
Plums
.
..
J495 Fieldstone
..
J496 Celery
.
J497 Penny
..
J498 Pond
..
J499 Mulberry
..
J500 Iris
.
..
J501 Boysenberry
..
cSee the Surface Materials ..
.
Reference Manual for a
.
listing of upholstery colors. ..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Rickshaw
J479 Driftwood
J480 Ochre
J481 Cherry
J482 Midnight
J483 Pistachio
J484 Dusk
J485 Paprika
cSurface Materials, continued 285
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Surface Materials, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Price Group
COM/COL
(Customer’s Own
Material/Leather)
Fabric Approval and
Yardage
To confirm whether a
particular COM material
has already been tested for
use on a specific Steelcase
product or to determine
actual yardage requirements:
• Visit www.steelcase.com
• Click on “Knowledge &
Design”
• Select “Customer’s Own
Material”
You can find the same
information on the in2 site.
Follow these steps:
• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com
• Click on “Sales/Design
Team”
• Select “Surface Materials”
• Select “Customer’s Own
Material”
For additional
information regarding
Customer’s Own
Material, call
1.888.STEELCASE.
286
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Think 465 Series
Snodgrass 474 Series
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Player 475 Series
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
Leap 462 Series HD Pillow
Leap 462 Series HD Standard
Leap 462 Series Pillow
Leap 462 Series Standard
Jersey Series
Drive 461 Series
Criterion Plus 453 Series
Criterion 453 Series
Cachet 487 Series
Steelcase
Classics Collection
Upholstery Matrix
Classics Collection
Buzz2 Price Group 1
AAAAAAAAAANAAAAAAAA
Canzoné Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Cavalcade Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Cricket Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Hampstead Price Group 3
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Jacks Price Group 1
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Link Price Group 1
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Regis Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Roulette Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Spyder Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Sweepstakes Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Leather Leather
AANAANAAAANNNNAAXAA
Coach Leather
NNNNNNNANNANNNNNNNN
Seating Vinyl Price Group 1
AAAANNAAAANNNANNNAA
Zoe Price Group 3
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Other Upholstery
Jersey Mesh
NNNNNANNNNNNNNNNNNN
Jersey Stretch Pullover
NNNNNANNNNNNNNNNNNN
Think 3D Knit
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNA
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge is standard with Designtex Wool Suede Too.
Elmo Rustical leather and Coach leather are optional.
Jersey is available with black fabric or black leather seat. Buzz2 or COM may be specified
as an option on fabric seat models. The back rest is standard with mesh (available in 8 colors)
or with an optional stretch pullover (available in 6 colors).
cSee page 283 for mesh and pullover colors.
Legend
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
Å = Available with exceptions
c See specification pages for details.
Seating Specification Guide
287
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally 463 Series
Steelcase Classics Collection Upholstery Matrix
Think 465 Series
Snodgrass 474 Series
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Player 475 Series
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
Leap 462 Series HD Pillow
Leap 462 Series HD Sewn
Leap 462 Series Pillow
Leap 462 Series Sewn
Jersey Series
Drive 461 Series
Criterion Plus 453 Series
Criterion 453 Series
Cachet 487 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally 463 Series
Designtex Graded-In Seating Upholstery Matrix
Environmental Impact Collection
Bee Price Group 2
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Lagoon Price Group 3
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
Prairie Price Group 3
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
Reed Stripe Price Group 3
AANANNAAAANAAAAANAA
Other Seating Upholstery
Abex Price Group 5
Ace Price Group 7
Bowline Price Group 4
Closed Loop Price Group 4
Coppice Price Group 8
Cord Price Group 4
Croquet Price Group 4
Delphos Price Group 8
Domino Price Group 4
Falling Leaves Price Group 8
Firefly Price Group 7
Frisbee Price Group 5
Furrows Price Group 8
Gramercy Price Group 9
Infield Price Group 5
Lillian Price Group 8
Loseta Price Group 8
Meander Price Group 8
Montezuma Price Group 4
Nolita Price Group 4
NoMad Price Group 9
Packard Price Group 8
Plums Price Group 10
Retreat Price Group 5
Rickshaw Price Group 8
Rook Price Group 4
Rough & Ready Price Group 6
Round About Price Group 4
Sam Price Group 5
Shimmy Price Group 7
Skittles Price Group 4
Tango Price Group 4
Tivoli Price Group 4
Vibe Price Group 4
Wobble Price Group 4
Wool Suede Too Price Group 7
ANAANNAAAANAAAAAAAA
ANAAANAAAANAAAAANAA
AANAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
ANAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
NNNANNNANANAAAAAAAA
AANANNAAAANNNNNNNNA
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
ANAAANAAAANAAAANNAA
ANAANNAAAANAAANNNAA
AANNANNANANNNAAANAA
AAAANNAAAANNNANNNAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAANAA
AANNNNAAAANNAANNNAA
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
NNNAANNANANAAAANNAA
ANNANNAAAANAAANNNAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
ANNANNAAAANAAANNNAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
ANNNNNAAAANAAAANNAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANAAANNNAA
AANANNNANANAAAANNAA
AAAAANAAAANNNAAAAAA
ANAANNAAAANNNAANNAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AANNANAAAANNNAAANAA
AAAAANAAAANAAAAAAAA
AANANNAAAANNNANNNAA
AAAAANAAAAAAAAAAAAA
Legend
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
Å = Available with exceptions
c See specification pages for details.
288
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Buzz2
1
NNXNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Canzoné
2
NAXNANNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Cavalcade
2
NAXNANNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Cricket
2
NNXNNNANNNNNNNNNNNN
Hampstead
3
AAXAANAANNNNNAAAAXN
Jacks
1
AAXANNANNNNNNAAAXXN
Link
1
AAXANNANNNNNNAAAXXN
Regis
2
AAXNANNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Roulette
2
NNXNNNNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Seating Vinyl
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNAN
Spyder
2
AAXNNNANNNNNNAAAXXN
Sweepstakes
2
AAXNANNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Zoe
3
NNXNNNNNNNNNNAAAXXN
Leather
ANNNANAANNNNNNAAXAN
Leather
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Think 465 Series****
Snodgrass 474 Series
Sensor 458 Series***
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Player 475 Series
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Max-Stacker 472 Series
Leap 462 Series HD Pillow
Leap 462 Series Pillow
Leap 462 Series Standard
Jersey Series
Drive 461 Series
Criterion Plus 453 Series
Criterion 453 Series**
Cachet 487 Series*
Ally 463 Series
The following matrix lists each
seating line and denotes fabrics
that are available, available with
exceptions, and not available.
For further detail regarding
exceptions, see the specific
chapter within the Seating
Specification Guide or the
Surface Materials Reference
Manual.
Fabric Price Group
Fire Code Seating (FCS)
indicates that a product is
constructed to meet the strict
fire code requirements of high
public occupancy areas.
Fire Code Seating
Upholstery Matrix
*Cachet non-upholstered models and upholstered models only with certain fabric
choices are available with FCS option.
**Criterion and Criterion fully upholstered models meet fire code requirements
only when specified with the following:
• Adjustable seat depth and 6205 Black plastic.
***Sensor Size II adjustable-back models are available with FCS option in
Hampstead and leather only.
****Think 465 is currently being tested for fabrics that pass FCS requirements.
Leap bare-back and bare-back vest models do not meet fire code requirements.
Legend
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
Å = Available with exceptions
c See specification pages for details.
Seating Specification Guide
289
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Leap 462 Series HD Standard
Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix
Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix for Designtex
Think 465 Series*
Snodgrass 474 Series
Sensor 458 Series
Rally 457 Series
Protegé 433 Series
Player 475 Series
Parade! 470 Series
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
Leap 462 Series HD Pillow
Leap 462 Series HD Sewn
Leap 462 Series Pillow
Leap 462 Series Sewn
Jersey Series
Drive 461 Series
Criterion Plus 453 Series
Criterion 453 Series
Cachet 487 Series
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally 463 Series
Designtex Graded-In
Environmental Impact Collection
Bee Price Group 2
ANXNNNANNNNNANNNXN
Lagoon Price Group 3
ANXNNNANNNNNANNNXN
Prairie Price Group 3
ANXNNNNNNNNNANNNXN
Reed Stripe Price Group 3
ANNNNNANNNNNANNNXN
Other Seating Upholstery
Abex Price Group 5
Ace Price Group 7
Bowline Price Group 4
Closed Loop Price Group 4
Coppice Price Group 8
Cord Price Group 4
Croquet Price Group 4
Delphos Price Group 8
Domino Price Group 4
Falling Leaves Price Group 8
Firefly Price Group 7
Frisbee Price Group 5
Furrows Price Group 8
Gramercy Price Group 9
Infield Price Group 5
Lillian Price Group 8
Loseta Price Group 8
Meander Price Group 8
Montezuma Price Group 4
Nolita Price Group 4
NoMad Price Group 9
Packard Price Group 8
Plums Price Group 10
Retreat Price Group 5
Rickshaw Price Group 8
Rook Price Group 4
Rough & Ready Price Group 6
Round About Price Group 4
Sam Price Group 5
Shimmy Price Group 7
Skittles Price Group 4
Tango Price Group 4
Tivoli Price Group 4
Vibe Price Group 4
Wobble Price Group 4
Wool Suede Too Price Group 7
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ANNNNNNNNNNNANNNXN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNANNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ANXNNNANNNNNANNNXN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NAXNANANNNNNANNNAN
ANNNNNNNNNNNANNNXN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AANNANANNNNNAAAXAN
AAXNANNNNNNNAAAXAN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AANNANANNNNNAAAXAN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNXNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNXNNNNNNNNNAAAXXN
ANXNNNNNNNNNANNNXN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ANNNNNNNNNNNANNNXN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
AAXNANAANNNNAAAXAN
*Think 465 is currently being tested for fabrics that pass FCS requirements.
290
Legend
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
Å = Available with exceptions
c See specification pages for details.
Exceptions: Leap bare-back models and
bare-back vest models do not meet fire code
requirements. Criterion meets fire code
requirements only when specified with the
following: Adjustable seat depth and 6205
Black plastic. Criterion fully upholstered
model is also available in FCS with options
specified above.
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Fire Code Seating
Upholstery Matrix
for Designtex
Surface Materials
Seating Specification Guide
291
Color Availability Matrix
7011 Graphite
7005 Coffee
7000 Black
Seating Coating
7209 Black Texture
4799 Platinum Metallic
Paint
9201 Polished Chrome
Metal
6694 Slate
6421 Ash
6303 Pomegranate
6302 Baltic
6301 Aegean
6296 Sterling
6268 Navy
6259 Midnight
6256 Graphite
6250 Coffee
6206 Burgundy
6205 Black
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
Å = Available with exceptions
c See specification pages for details.
8046 Polished Aluminum
Legend
Plastic
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Outer seat, back, and arms
ANNNANNNNNNNNNN
NN
Frame
ANNNANANNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
ANNNANNNNNANNNN
NN
NNN
Base, arms, outer seat
and back, casters
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Foot ring
ANAANNNNNNNNNNA
NN
NNN
Drive 461 Series
Base, arms, faceplate,
outer seat and back,
casters
ANNANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Jersey Series
Work chair
ANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAN
NNN
Guest chair
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAA
NNN
Base, outer seat and back
foot ring
ANNNANANNNNNNAN
NN
NNN
Arms
ANNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Base, outer seat and back
ANNNNNANNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Arms
ANNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Ally 463 Series
Cachet 487 Series
Criterion 453 Series
Leap 462 Series
Leap 462 Series HD
NNN
Leap 464 Series
WorkLounge
Backframe, arm supports,
and base
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNAN
NN
NNN
Max-Stacker 472 and
473 Series
Frame and bookrack
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNA
NN
AAA
Seat and back
AAAANANAAANNNNN
NN
NNN
Tablet arm
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Frame
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNA
NN
AAA
Seat and back
AAAANANAAANNNNN
NN
NNN
Arm caps
AAAANNNAAANNNNN
NN
NNN
Frame on chairs with
smooth arms
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Smooth arms
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Frame on chairs with
textured arms
ANNANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Textured arms
ANNANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Tablet arm
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Protegé 433 Series
Base, arms, arm caps,
outer back, sled base,
and casters
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Rally 457 Series
Base, arms, outer seat
and back, casters
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Sensor 458 Series
Base, arms, outer seat
and back, foot ring, casters
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Sled base
ANAANNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Snodgrass 474 Series
Frame
ANAANNNNNNNNNNANNN
NNN
Think 465 Series
Base
ANNNNNNNNNNANAN
NN
NNN
Back frame, arm supports,
seat shell
ANNNNNNNNNNANNN
NN
NNN
Arm caps, headrest, controls,
casters
ANNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NN
NNN
Parade! 470 Series
Player 475 Series
292
Seating Specification Guide
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NAAAAAAAAAAA
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNAAANAA
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
Seating Specification Guide
293
Surface Materials
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Wood cSee page 282.
2811 Mist
2810 Dawn
2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut
2759 Warm White
2746 Black
2722 Cream
2711 Natural Walnut
2632 Medium Oak
2511 Winter on Maple
2421 Medium Cherry
2412 Natural Cherry
Laminate
Color Availability Matrix
Special Features
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Corporate logo
Oversized tablet arm
High-performance arm
Braking or reverse braking casters
Glides
Jury base
Stool base
Special seat height base assemblies
for field installation
Special seat height *
Thicker seat cushion
Sewn seam using vinyl or leather
Headrest
This chart provides general guidelines about some of the types of special
features that are available.
Different fabric on seat and back
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Ally 463 Series
AN S NNNN
NN S NNNN
Cachet 487 Series
ANNNAAN
AAAANNN
Criterion 453 Series
ANAAAANS N S A S NN
Drive 461 Series
ANNNAAN
ANAA S NN
Jersey Series
NNNNAAN
NNAA S NN
Leap 462 Series
AA S AAANS AAA S NA
Leap 464 Series WorkLounge
A S NNAAN
NN S AANN
Max-Stacker 472 and
Max-Stacker II 473 Series
NNNNNNN
NN S NNAN
Parade! 470 Series
NNNNNNN
NN S NNNN
Player 475 Series
ANN S NNN
NN S NNNN
Protegé 433 Series
NNNNAAN
ANAANNN
Rally 457 Series
NNNNAAN
ANAANNN
Sensor 458 Series
NNANAANS NAA S NN
Snodgrass 474 Series
ANNNNNN
NN S NNNN
Think 465 Series
A S
S NAAN
AAAA S NA
For individual quote information, or special requests not listed above, please submit an RFQ
request form.
The form may be accessed at the following URL: http://in2.steelcase.com/specialsrfq/
*Maximum seat height is 33".
Minimum seat height is 141⁄2" with 3" travel.
Legend
˜ = Not available
Å = Available
S = Standard offering
c See specification pages for details.
294
Seating Specification Guide
Resources
Style Number Index
296
Resources
Seating Specification Guide
295
Style Number Index
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
Page
4331203
4331213
4331223
4331403
4331413
4331423
4333003
4333013
4333023
4335013
4335023
4535300
4535300D
4535301
4535301D
4535310
4535310D
4535310DH
4535310DW
4535310H
4535310W
4535311
4535311D
4535311DH
4535311DW
4535311H
4535311W
4535330
4535330D
4535330DH
4535330DP
4535330DW
4535330H
4535330P
4535330W
4535331
4535331D
4535331DH
4535331DP
4535331DW
4535331H
4535331P
4535331W
4537300
4537300D
4537301
4537301D
175
175
175
175
175
175
177
177
177
178
178
81
81
79
79
81
81
81
81
81
81
79
79
79
79
79
79
81
81
81
80
81
81
80
81
79
79
79
78
79
79
78
79
85
85
83
83
4537310
4537310D
4537310DH
4537310DW
4537310H
4537310W
4537311
4537311D
85
85
85
85
85
85
83
83
296
Description
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Work Chr
Protegé 433 Guest Chr
Protegé 433 Guest Chr
Protegé 433 Guest Chr
Protegé 433 Sled-Base Guest Chr
Protegé 433 Sled-Base Guest Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chr
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
Criterion
453
453
453
453
453
453
453
453
MidBk Stool
MidBk Stool
MidBk Stool
MidBk Stool
MidBk Stool
MidBk Stool
HiBk Stool
HiBk Stool
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
Page
Description
4537311DH
4537311DW
4537311H
4537311W
4537330
4537330D
4537330DH
4537330DP
4537330DW
4537330H
4537330P
4537330W
4537331
4537331D
4537331DH
4537331DP
4537331DW
4537331H
4537331P
4537331W
4539301B
4539311B
4539311BH
4539311BW
4539331B
4539331BH
4539331BW
4571203
4571204
4571223
4571224
4571403
4571404
4571423
4571424
4573003
4573023
4575023
4581203
4581204
4581206
4581223
4581224
4581226
4581227
4581233W
4581234W
83
83
83
83
85
85
85
84
85
85
84
85
83
83
83
82
83
83
82
83
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
167
167
167
153
151
149
153
151
148
147
153
151
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 MidBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion 453 HiBk Stool
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 Work Chr
Rally 457 MidBk Guest Chr
Rally 457 MidBk Guest Chr
Rally 457 MidBk Guest Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj-Bk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj-Bk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II HiBk Work Chr
4581236W
4581237W
4581403
4581404
4581406
4581423
4581424
4581426
148
147
153
151
149
153
151
148
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
458
458
458
458
458
458
458
458
Sz
Sz
Sz
Sz
Sz
Sz
Sz
Sz
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Adj-Bk Work Chr
Adj HiBk Work Chr
MidBk Work Chr
HiBk Work Chr
Adj-Bk Work Chr
MidBk Work Chr
HiBk Work Chr
Adj-Bk Work Chr
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style Number Index
Style
Number
Page
4581427
4581433W
4581434W
4581436W
4581437W
4585023
4585093
4588201
4588221
4588231W
4588401
4588421
4588431W
4611100
4611101
4611110
4611111
4611200
4611201
4611210
4611211
4611300
4611301
4611310
4611311
4611400
4611401
4611410
4611411
4621100
46211009
4621101
46211019
46211049
46211059
4621110
46211109
4621111
46211119
46211149
46211159
4621200
46212009
4621201
46212019
46212049
46212059
147
153
151
148
147
154
154
157
157
157
157
157
157
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
57
37
57
37
41
41
57
37
57
37
41
41
57
37
57
37
41
41
4621210
46212109
4621211
46212119
46212149
46212159
46213029
46213039
57
37
57
37
41
41
39
39
Seating Specification Guide
Description
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj-Bk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II Adj HiBk Work Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Sled Guest Chr
Sensor 458 Sz II MidBk Sled Guest Chr
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Sensor 458 Sz I MidBk High Stl
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Drive 461 Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap 462 Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe
Arch Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
Page
Description
46213049
46213059
46213129
46213139
46213149
46213159
46214029
46214039
46214049
46214059
46214129
46214139
46214149
46214159
4627100
46271009
46271049
4627110
46271109
46271149
4627200
46272009
46272049
4627210
46272109
46272149
46273029
46273049
46273129
46273149
46274029
46274049
46274129
46274149
462COACH1
462COACH2
462COACH3
462COACH4
462LEAP19L
462LEAP19LX
462LEAP1L
462LEAP1LX
462LEAP9L
462LEAP9LX
462LEAPHD1
462LEAPHD2
462LEAPHD3
43
43
39
39
43
43
39
39
43
43
39
39
43
43
59
45
49
59
45
49
59
45
49
59
45
49
47
51
47
51
47
51
47
51
34
34
34
34
29
29
33
33
29
29
201
203
205
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Ribbon Bkframe Work Chr
Arch Backframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Arch Backframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Arch Backframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Arch Backframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Ribbon Bkframe Stool
Coach Ribbon Bkframe
Coach Ribbon Bkframe
Coach Ribbon Bkframe
Coach Ribbon Bkframe
Value Pkg Ribbon Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Ribbon Bframe Chr
Value Pkg Arch Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Arch Bframe Chr
Value Pkg Ribbon Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Ribbon Bkframe Chr
Series HD Work Chair
Series HD Work Chair
Series HD Work Chair
462LEAPHD4
462LEAPL
462LEAPLX
462LEAPP19L
462LEAPP9L
462PFB
462PHB
462PLWHD
207
33
33
31
31
53
53
217
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
Leap
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
462
Series HD Work Chair
Value Pkg Arch Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Arch Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Ribbon Bkframe Chr
Value Pkg Ribbon Bkframe Chr
Pillowed Upholstery Pkg
Pillowed Upholstery Pkg
Ser HD Pillowed Uph Pkg
cStyle Number Index, continued 297
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Resources
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style Number Index, continued
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
Page
Description
462PLWSTHD
462PST
462PSTFB
462PSTHB
462PSTHD
462STLHD1
462STLHD2
462STLHD3
462STLHD4
462VESTHD
462VFB
462VHB
463480
463482
464COACHL
464COACHO
464LOUNGE
464OTTOMAN
46510000
46510001
46510010
46510011
46510100
46510101
46510110
46510111
46511000
46511001
46511010
46511011
46511100
46511101
46511110
46511111
46512000
46512001
46512010
46512011
46512100
46512101
46512110
46512111
46513000
46513001
46513010
46513011
46513100
216
54
52
52
218
209
211
213
215
219
55
55
226
226
68
69
66
67
110
110
111
111
102
102
103
103
112
112
113
113
104
104
105
105
108
108
109
109
100
100
101
101
106
106
107
107
98
Leap 462 Ser HD Pillowed Uph Pkg
Leap 462 Pillowed Upholstery Pkg
Leap 462 Pillowed Upholstery Pkg
Leap 462 Pillowed Upholstery Pkg
Leap 462 Ser HD Pillowed Uph Pkg
Leap 462 Series HD Stool
Leap 462 Series HD Stool
Leap 462 Series HD Stool
Leap 462 Series HD Stool
Leap 462 Series HD Vest Pkg
Leap 462 Vest Package
Leap 462 Vest Package
Ally 463 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Ally 463 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Leap 464 WorkLounge
Leap 464 Ottoman
Leap 464 WorkLounge
Leap 464 Ottoman
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
46513101
46513110
46513111
46520000
46520001
46520010
46520011
46520100
98
99
99
111
111
111
111
103
Think
Think
Think
Think
Think
Think
Think
Think
298
465
465
465
465
465
465
465
465
Work
Work
Work
Work
Work
Work
Work
Work
Chr
Chr
Chr
Chr
Chr
Chr
Chr
Chr
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
Page
Description
46520101
46520110
46520111
46521000
46521001
46521010
46521011
46521100
46521101
46521110
46521111
46522000
46522001
46522010
46522011
46522100
46522101
46522110
46522111
46523000
46523001
46523010
46523011
46523100
46523101
46523110
46523111
465THINK
465THINKS4U
470412
470412N
470419
470419N
470D
470G
472410
472410BR
472410N
472410NBR
472410NTL
472410NTLB
472410NTR
472410NTRB
472410TL
472410TLB
472410TR
472410TRB
103
103
103
113
113
113
113
105
105
105
105
109
109
109
109
101
101
101
101
107
107
107
107
99
99
99
99
97
96
258
258
258
258
259
259
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Work Chr
Think 465 Design Pkg Work Chr
Think 465 Design Pkg Work Chr
Parade 470 Stackable Seating
Parade 470 Stackable Seating
Parade 470 Stackable Seating
Parade 470 Stackable Seating
Parade 470 Transport/Strg Dolly
Parade 470 Alignment Device
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating
472BR
472G
472TAL
472TAR
473410
473410B
473410N
473410NB
268
268
268
268
277
277
277
277
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
Max-Stkr
472 Bkrack Assy
472 Alignment Device
472 Tablet Arm Assy
472 Tablet Arm Assy
II 473 Stackable Seating
II 473 Stackable Seating
II 473 Stackable Seating
II 473 Stackable Seating
Seating Specification Guide
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style Number Index
Style
Number
473410NTL
473410NTLB
473410NTR
473410NTRB
473410TL
473410TLB
473410TR
473410TRB
473B
473D
473G
473TL
473TR
474410M
474419M
474419W
474420M
474427W
474429M
474429W
475410M
475410MB
475410MTL
475410MTLB
475410MTR
475410MTRB
475412M
475412MB
475412MC
475415M
475415MB
475415MC
475480M
475480MB
475480MTL
475480MTLB
475480MTR
475480MTRB
475482M
475482MB
475485M
475485MB
475710M
475710MB
475712M
475712MB
475715M
475715MB
475A
475B
475D
475G
4871110
4871210
4871211
Page
277
277
277
277
277
277
277
277
278
269, 279
278
278
278
251
251
251
251
251
251
251
233
233
235
235
235
235
233
233
233
233
233
233
237
237
239
239
239
239
237
237
237
237
241
241
241
241
241
241
242
242
243
242
185
185
185
Seating Specification Guide
Description
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating
Max-Stkr II 473 Bkrack Assy
Max-Stkr II 473 Trans/Strg Dolly
Max-Stkr II 473 Alignment Device
Max-Stkr II 473 Tablet Arm Assy
Max-Stkr II 473 Tablet Arm Assy
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Snodgrass 474 Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Leg-Base Stool
Player 475 Alignment Device
Player 475 Bookrack
Player 475 Transport/Strg Dolly
Player 475 Ganging Device
Cachet 487 Swivel-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Swivel-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Swivel-Base Multi-Purp Chr
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Style
Number
4878100
4878110
4878200
4878201
4878210
4878211
487BK
487D
487G
487ST
487STBK
TS38301
TS38302
TS38303
TS38304
TS38305
TS38306
TS38307
TS38308
TS38309
TS38310
TS38311
Page
187
187
187
187
187
187
189
191
191
190
188
132
133
138
134
134
135
135
136
136
137
137
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Description
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chr
Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg
Cachet 487 Transport/Strg Dolly
Cachet 487Ganging/Alignment Device
Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg
Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Pullover
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
Jersey Chair
299
Resources
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Trademark List
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
®
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
The following is a registered trademark of
..
Genlyte Thomas Company, Louisville, KY:
.
Lightolier.
..
..
The following is a registered trademark of
.
Leviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,
..
NY: Decora.
..
.
The following is a registered trademark of
..
Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:
..
Microsoft.
.
..
..
The following is a registered trademark of
.
Panduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.
..
..
The following is a registered trademark of
..
Trav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.
.
..
The following is a registered trademark of
..
Virtual Ink Corporation: mimioActive.
.
.
The following registered trademarks are under ..
.
license from Wilkhahn Furniture Products:
..
Avera, Confair, Senzo, Versal, and Wilkhahn
.
..
FS.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
The following registered trademarks are used
under license from Steelcase Development
Corporation: Accelerate, Addition, Ally,
Answer, Anthem, Arrondi, Avenir, Ballet, Bix,
Brayton International Collection, Brayton
Textile Collection, Breton, Broadmoor,
CaneCreek, Canto, Chancellor, Collegium,
Company, Concentrx, Conjunction, Context,
Criterion, Crushed Can, Decorum, Designtex,
Details, Diva, Drive, Elective Elements,
Ellipse, Ember Chrome, Emerge, Etude,
Exclamation Mark, Firstfile, Gentry, Ginkgo,
Ginkgo Biloba, Hardwear, Ideo, Internode,
Jersey, Kart, Kick, LaCosta, Latour, Leap,
Let’s B, Lucy, Lyra, Lytyn, Manhattan Product
Configuration, Max-Stacker, Media Dock,
Metro, Migrations, Miko, Montage, Oriana,
Paladin, Paperflo, Parade, Paradigm,
Pathways, Perfect Match, Player, Power
Pincher, Portal, Protégé, Raf System, Rally,
Rapport, Relevant, Reply, Secant, Segment,
Sensor, Series 9000, Springboard, Steelcase,
Steelcase Design Partnership, Steelcase
Workplace Performance, Stow Davis,
TeamWork, Technique, Texpress, Treehouse,
Trilogy, Turnstone, Valencia, Vecta, Vectaflex,
Werndl, Wizard, and Workflo.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
™ The following is a trademark of Microsoft
..
Corporation, Redmond, WA: Windows.
..
.
™ The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,
..
LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather.
..
.
™ The following trademarks are used under
..
license from Wilkhahn Furniture: Cana, Linus, .
.
Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable, .
..
and Tubis.
..
.
..
™ The following trademarks are used under
license from Steelcase Development
Corporation: 4 o’clock, à la carte,
Active/Passive Shelf, Activity Products, Adia,
Alcove, Alerion, Alexander Street Collection,
Aliso, Allegro, Alongside, American Elect,
American Tradition, Anson, Arbor,
Archipelago, Archive Collection, Arriva, Ascot,
Astor, Austin, Avalon, Bira, Bonn, Boomerang,
Bradbury, Breadbox, Brio, Buxton, Cachet,
Callahan, Camber, Canopy, Cappucino,
Catalina, CbP, Chester, Chorus, Chronos,
Churchill, Ciao, Clarendon, Classic
Rectangular, Collaboration, Collins, Cologne,
Colorbox, Common (Shelf), Commons,
Community, Community Base Planning,
Convene, Convey, Cortex, Cosima, Croix,
Cubby, Cubis, Cushion, Customiz, Dataduct,
Datum, Debut, Deck, Dedoes, Déjà, Detour,
Detriana, DNA, Domain, Donovan,
Dorchester, Downspout, Drop Top Hutch,
Duospace, Eastlake, Eastridge, Eco, Ella,
Elsa, Emmy, Encounter, Enea, EnSync,
Ensemble, Entourage, Environmental Impact
Collection, Equinox, Escapade, Et Al, E-Table,
Exponents, Express12, Extreme Conditions,
Fillmore, Flat Top, Fling, Flip Top, Footnote,
Fortuna, Frontier, Fuji, Futu, Galilei,
Galveston, Garland, Ginger, Glenwood, Go
Wall, Greco, Greenbrier, Grip, Groove,
Groupwork, Hannah, Hatch, Hatchback,
Hatteras, Health Design, Hitch, Huddleboard,
Impact, Incognito, Indy, InfoWizard, InterAct,
IOS, I-Solve, Jacket, Jenny, Jetty, Juice,
Kendo, Kiana, L’Attitude, Lazlo, Lean Too,
Lemon, Lift-N-Slide, Lotus, Lyric, M/O, Malibu,
Manhatten, Mansfield, Martini, Masque,
Mingle, Monarch, Monteray, Montreal,
MyWizard, Nadia, Nickel, Nine, Ontrak, Onyx,
Outlook, Paloma, Parliament, Parts
Advantage, Pasio, Passarelle, Patriarch,
Patterson, Payback, Peek, Pendio, Personal
Border, Pier Top, Pipe, Pisa, Playback, Portal,
Progeny, Quotient, Radio, Rag Top, Rei,
Request, Reunion, Rhine, Rialto, Ricetta,
Riser, Rizzi Arc, Rocco, RoomWizard, Rover,
Runaround, Runner, Satellite, Scribe,
Shadow, Shield, Shortbed, Skinny, Sidebar,
Sidewalk, Sieste, Sine, Smoke, Snug,
Softwork, Spinz, Sportswear, St. Clair,
Stafford, Stationkits, Stiletto, Stuttgart, Super
Shelf, Surprise!, Switch, Tableau, Taco,
Template, Terrazzo, Tessare, Theorem, Think,
Topaz, Topo, Top Spin, Touchdown,
Translations, Train, Trolly, T-Wall, Umbrella,
Underline, Unison, Uno, Utility Bar, Venetia,
Walden, Warehouse, Whittier, Windsor,
Wizard WebSigns, Your Profile, Your Power,
and Your Preference.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
Download PDF
Similar pages